More annual reports from Fairfax Media Limited:
2017 ReportPeers and competitors of Fairfax Media Limited:
Daily Mail and General Trust plcLEADING
THE  
CHANGE
ANNUAL REPORT 2013
                      
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                        1     
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             1
Fairfax Media. Independent. Always.
Every moment of the day we are delivering quality independent journalism 
and content. While we are proud to be more than 180 years old, we are even 
prouder to be the media company leading the change, rapidly adapting 
to new ways of working, new ways of keeping people informed. Our multi-
platform media business – spanning print, online and radio – ensures our 
audiences have the information they want, when they want it. 
We’re focused on building, and profitably monetising, our large-scale 
and highly engaged news media audiences in Australia and New Zealand. 
We connect advertisers to our audiences in creative and highly effective ways. 
Working together, and with an unwavering focus on our journalism and 
content, Fairfax is implementing its strategy, simplifying operations, reducing 
costs, aggressively pursuing new revenue opportunities and improving how 
we engage with customers and audiences. 
We’re lean, agile and clear-sighted about our future. 
Fairfax is ready for today – and more prepared than ever for tomorrow.
Fairfax’s 2013 Annual Report features 
a selection of images from The Sydney 
Morning Herald Photos1440 exhibitions 
held  in 2012 and 2013. 
There are 1440 minutes in a day. In these 
minutes photographers capture a moment. 
These moments make up a day. The exhibition 
features published and unpublished work by 
The Sydney Morning Herald’s photographers. 
Photos1440 is supported by Canon Australia 
and held annually alongside the World Press 
Photo exhibition.
Dawn at Bondi Beach.  
Photo: DAllAs KIlP onEn
THE SYDNEY MORNING HERALDPHOTOS1440                      
2                       
Announced the rescaling 
and upgrading of North 
Richmond print site
NOVEMBER
PAnPA AwARDs wIns 
The Examiner, The Border Mail, 
The Land, The Sunday Age, 
The Australian Financial Review 
iPad app, The Courier (Ballarat) 
iPhone app, stuff.co.nz, The Press
JULY
Gmail 
enterprise 
solution 
introduced
FAIRFAX jouRnAlIsts wIn 
At 57th wAlKlEy AwARDs
•	 	Walkley	Journalism	Leadership	Award	–	 
The Border Mail
•	 	The	Nikon	Walkley	Press	Photographer	
of	the	Year	–	Justin	McManus,	The	Age
DECEMBER
Sale of Trade Me 
investment
Sale of US 
agricultural titles
the sun-herald 
City2surf event 
attracts
85,000
Essential Mums 
parenting site 
launches in 
New Zealand
REAl-tIME woRKIng In 
syDnEy AnD MElBouRnE 
IntRoDuCED
OCTOBER
OVER 4 YEARS
DonAtIon 
oF FAIRFAX’s 
glAss PlAtE 
PhotogRAPhs 
to the National 
Library of Australia
2012augustSEPTEMBER2013$32m SAVINGS2                       
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             3
FEBRUARY
Daily life turns one with 
a monthly audience of
UNIQUE USERS
Ultimate Footy launch
BRw REDEsIgn, wEBsItE 
AnD APP lAunCh
JANUARY
nEw BRAnD 
CAMPAIgns FoR 
thE syDnEy 
MoRnIng hERAlD 
AnD thE AgE
sMARt 
InvEstoR 
RElAunCh
‘A syDnEy 
MoRnIng’ AnD 
‘youR BusInEss 
DAy’ start 
broadcasting on 2UE 
live from The Sydney 
Morning Herald 
newsroom
The Sydney Morning Herald 
and The Age introduce 
digital subscriptions for 
overseas readers
Consolidated Commercial 
Real Estate brand launched
APRIL
Announced the 
upgrading of 
Ballarat print site
Simplified 
organisational 
structure 
introduced
FInAnCIAl REvIEw  
unvEIls nEw looK
70,000
people pound the 
pavements	for	the	Auckland	
Round the Bays fun run
The Age and The Sydney Morning 
Herald	go	compact	on	weekdays
MARCH
Contact centre partnering with 
TeleTech commences
FAIRFAX MEDIA nZ wIns MultIPlE 
CAtEgoRIEs At CAnon MEDIA AwARDs 
•	 Best	Website	award	–	stuff.co.nz
•	 	Best	Innovation	in	Multimedia	Storytelling	
award	–	Zone	Life	in	The	Press
•	 	Weekly	Newspaper	of	the	Year	award	–	
Dominion Post 
FInAnCIAl REvIEw sunDAy 
PRogRAM DEButs
VIEWERS
MAY
909,000june286,0004                       
 ChAIRMAn’s REPoRt
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                        5     
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             5
CHAIRMAN’s REPORT
Significant milestones were 
achieved during the year 
that contributed to our 
objective of simplifying our 
business and reducing the 
costs of our business.
Important milestones for Fairfax Media’s future were achieved 
during the 2013 financial year, a year in which structural changes 
in the media industry continued to unfold. Responding to these 
changes has been, and will continue to be, our greatest priority. 
Our challenge is to develop strategies that position our Company to 
continually adapt to a world where the direction of change is clear, 
but the end point is not. 
In the 2012 Annual Report I set out a number of the elements that would 
contribute to our transformation. In 2013, we made substantial progress in 
delivering the benefits of the Fairfax of the Future program. Earnings before 
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) will benefit from the 
$311	million	of	annualised	cost	savings	that	we	are	on	track	to	deliver	by	
2015,	including	the	additional	cost	savings	announced	in	June.	We	continue	
to	work	on	further	cost	reduction	and	revenue	opportunities.
While	the	2013	result	reflected	continued	cyclical	weakness	and	structural	
change in the advertising sector, it also incorporated the first material 
contribution	from	the	implementation	of	these	initiatives.	Without	Fairfax	
of the Future, the EBITDA recorded by our businesses of $366 million 
would have been $118 million lower. 
Total Group revenue declined 8.2 per cent to $2,033.8 million from the 
prior year and the Company reported a net loss after tax of $16.4 million. 
The result included a gain of $303 million on the sale of Trade Me and 
US Agricultural businesses in the first half, and a non-cash impairment 
charge of $444.6 million predominantly from the Regional, Printing and 
Agricultural operations in the second half. This charge was necessary 
as	our	Regional	and	Agricultural	business	experienced	weaker	trading	
conditions	during	the	year	due	to	subdued	mining-exposed	markets,	
poor mining employment trends, and a downturn in national advertising. 
However, it is important to stress that there has been no deterioration in 
our mastheads’ local reach, which underpins the resilience of this business. 
Our mastheads remain highly valued by our audiences and advertisers 
in the communities we serve.
Following the write-down, the Company has net assets in excess 
of $1.8 billion. 
4                       
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                        5     
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             5
STATuToRy neT loSS 
AFTeR TAx 
$16.4m 
undeRlyinG neT 
PRoFiT AFTeR TAx 
$128m 
A Manly ferry approaches Circular Quay. PHOTO: BEN RUSHTON
Significant milestones were achieved during the year that contributed 
to our objective of simplifying our business and reducing the costs of 
our business. Projects successfully executed included:
•	 Publication	of	weekday	editions	of	The	Age	and	The	Sydney	Morning	
Herald in a compact format from March 2013. The convenience of the 
new format has been welcomed by many of our readers and positions 
us for the planned closure of the Chullora and Tullamarine printing plants, 
scheduled	for	June	2014.	We	continue	to	expect	annual	cost	savings	of	
$44 million from the consolidation of our printing activity as we more 
efficiently	utilise	our	network	of	smaller,	more	flexible,	printing	plants.
•	 Achieving	significant	cost	reductions	through	the	outsourcing	of	contact	
centres, and reducing the real-estate footprint of our main Sydney and 
Melbourne offices.
•	 Establishing	the	Australian	Publishing	Media	division,	which	consolidates	
our	core	publishing	activities	–	spanning	metropolitan,	regional	and	
community	titles	–	resulting	in	lower	costs	and	timely	content	delivery	
to our audiences across the day. 
•	 Establishing	our	digital	transaction	businesses,	which	include	Stayz	
and RSVP, as freestanding units that have the support, resources and 
autonomy needed to deliver on their potential.
•	 Establishing	Domain	on	a	standalone	basis,	providing	investors	with	
transparency around the financial performance of the high-growth digital 
elements of the business. 
•	 Introducing	digital	subscriptions	for	smh.com.au	and	theage.com.au	with	
a metered model that allows a base level of free access.
At	our	Investor	Day	held	in	June	we	shared	insights	into	a	number	of	our	
divisions	with	investors.	We	also	announced	a	product	review.	In	early	2013,	
we published 431 publications and 337 websites, had seven radio stations 
and almost 100 apps. One element of a Board-led review of the Company’s 
products and strategy is to thoroughly review each of our products and 
the contribution made to our overall business. This is one area of a strategy 
review which has also involved the development of plans for the pursuit of 
significant new revenue opportunities. The Chief Executive Officer’s Report 
THE SYDNEY MORNING HERALDPHOTOS14406                       
 ChAIRMAn’s REPoRt
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             7
ToTAl diVidendS
2¢FULLY FRANKED
neT deBT ReduCed By 
$760m 
TO $154m  
AT	JUNE	30
contains information in relation to a range of new business initiatives that 
sit	adjacent	to	our	existing	activities.	I	look	forward	to	reporting	on	our	
progress in developing these businesses in the future.
While	we	have	been	busy	transforming	the	operations	of	our	business,	
your Board has been mindful of the importance of maintaining balance 
sheet strength and flexibility through this period of industry change. 
Fairfax finished the 2013 year with net debt of $154 million, a reduction 
of $760 million over the 12 month period. Significant contributors to the 
strengthened balance sheet include the sale of the Company’s remaining 
interest in Trade Me and our United States agricultural publishing 
business, which delivered combined sale proceeds of $682.3 million net 
of transaction fees.
A	further	important	project	undertaken	by	the	Board	during	the	year	was	
a comprehensive review of remuneration arrangements. The Remuneration 
Report contains detail of the outcomes of this review, which includes 
implementation of a remuneration plan that reflects the evolution of our 
business, and is appropriate for the current period of transformation and 
consolidation. 
As we reflect on this year of change, the importance of maintaining our 
core editorial values of independence and integrity is foremost in protecting 
our mastheads and providing us a unique position in the media space in 
Australia and New Zealand. These editorial values are fundamental to the 
way we do business, and ensure our continued relevance to our audiences.
In	closing,	I	would	like	to	acknowledge	the	significant	contribution	of	
my	fellow	Board	members	–	and	the	contribution	of	our	chief	executive	
Greg Hywood, who has done an outstanding job in leading our Company 
through these challenging times. He has relentlessly and tenaciously 
pursued a strategy to secure the future of our Company using to effect 
his	many	years’	experience,	editorial	knowledge	and	standing	in	the	
media industry.
Your Board is committed to ensuring Fairfax Media is run in the best 
interests of all shareholders and that we carry our legacy with pride into 
a bright future.
Roger Corbett, AO 
Chairman
6                       
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             7
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                        7     
T H E   S Y D N E Y   M O R N I N G   H E R A L D
PHOTOS1440
Thousands of budgerigars in Central Australia. PHoTo: Glenn CAMPBell
8                       
ChIEF EXECutIvE oFFICER’s REPoRt
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             9
CHIEF ExECUTIVE OFFICER’s REPORT
Fairfax Media has established a reputation as the undisputed leader 
in innovation and change in the traditional media sector in Australia 
and New Zealand. We have delivered some of the most significant 
structural and operational changes in our Company’s long history.
We	committed	to	you	we	would	transform	our	business	and	we	are	
meeting or surpassing all critical milestones as we implement our strategy. 
This includes developing our leading multi-media, cross-platform business 
so it operates within a simple yet effective organisational structure. 
We	are	confident	our	strategy	will	deliver	the	best	outcomes	for	our	
shareholders, customers and our audiences.
The	changes	will	ensure	Fairfax	is	a	lean	and	agile	company.	We	are	
making	all	the	necessary	decisions	to	prepare	for	what	we	know	will	be	
a predominantly digital future.
The trading environment has been challenging. Group revenue declined 
by 8.2 per cent in the financial year. Achieving an operating earnings 
before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) of $366 million 
was a challenge. Cost savings under our Fairfax of the Future program 
made a substantial contribution to operating profits. Excluding businesses 
divested during the year, underlying EBITDA was $315.7 million. Cash flow 
from trading activities was $377 million.
We	are	targeting	a	total	of	$311	million	in	annualised	cost	savings	by	fiscal	
2015 from a cost base in 2011 of $1.8 billion. If fixed production charges are 
excluded, the effective addressable cost base is $1.2 billion. 
Our simplified organisational structure, announced in April, has allowed us to 
streamline	middle	management,	share	services	and	reduce	duplication.	We	
have a strong management team committed to driving collaboration across 
the business and the aggressive pursuit of new revenue opportunities.
We	are	working	smarter.	The	newsrooms	of	The	Sydney	Morning	Herald	
and The Age have been restructured to deliver timely journalism and 
content to our audiences across the day. Our main offices in Sydney 
and	Melbourne	have	also	introduced	real-time	working	practices,	saving	
$32 million over four years. 
We	have	also	changed	the	way	we	engage	with	our	customers	and	
audiences.	We	have	moved	to	improve	our	contact	centres	through	the	
centralisation and partnering with specialist service provider TeleTech, 
which will reduce our costs in this area and result in significant savings. 
We	know	the	future	is	about	a	mix	of	both	cost	discipline	and	
revenue growth.
The turnaround of our Broadcasting business continues, having achieved 
cross-platform	benefits	in	content	and	sales.	Overall	ratings	and	market	
share have improved, with 96fm currently the highest rating station in Perth 
and	3AW	holding	its	top	spot	in	Melbourne.	
Group digital revenue increased to $295 million and now comprises 14 per 
cent of total revenue. One new source of digital revenue, introduced just 
after the end of the 2013 financial year, is digital subscriptions for The Sydney 
Morning	Herald	and	The	Age.	On	22	August	2013,	we	told	the	market	
that the two mastheads had 68,000 paid digital subscribers and 98,000 
bundled	print	and	digital	subscribers,	tracking	ahead	of	expectations.
8                       
‘‘
We are confident our 
strategy will deliver the 
best outcomes for our 
shareholders, customers 
and our audiences.
‘‘
Businesses such as Domain continue to go from strength to strength. 
Domain grew the number of real estate agents with listings by 21 per cent. 
Digital growth was a highlight, with investment in mobile apps paying off in 
strong performance. At Fairfax we have exposure to more than $300 million 
of real estate-related revenue, and we have the brand, the expertise and the 
commitment to build the Domain business.
During the year we announced a new organisational structure, one element 
of which is the consolidation of our core publishing activities into the new 
Australian	Publishing	Media	division.	This	division	is	led	by	Allen	Williams,	who	
previously ran our New Zealand business and before that held several senior 
positions in the Company’s regional operations. The formation of Australian 
Publishing Media allows us to reduce duplication through a more ordered 
grouping of our businesses and activities, and to drive additional revenue by 
leveraging	our	core	business	–	news,	business	media,	lifestyle	and	community	
media	–	and	extensive	portfolio	of	media	assets.
We	have	also	formed	a	Digital	Ventures	unit,	with	a	new	management	
structure that is empowered to deliver the full potential of our digital 
transaction	businesses	such	as	Stayz	and	RSVP.	These	are	both	market-leading	
transactions businesses that generate strong margins.
Parkour	group	in	Parramatta. 	PHOTO:	WOLTER	PEETERS
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             9
undeRlyinG 
eBiTdA  
excluding businesses divested
$315.7m 
CASHFloW FRoM 
TRAdinG 
$377m
THE SYDNEY MORNING HERALDPHOTOS144010                       
ChIEF EXECutIvE oFFICER’s REPoRt
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             11
‘‘
Through a period of great 
structural change, Fairfax has 
maintained its core vales of 
independence and integrity.
‘‘
We	have	a	proven	track	record	of	growing	smaller	digital	businesses.	
We	will	continue	to	look	at	our	digital	businesses	and	new	opportunities	
in terms of both value and earnings. 
We	are	also	pursuing	several	revenue	opportunities	where	we	will	take	an	
existing niche presence that sits within Fairfax, imposing more structure 
around our activities, and building a substantial business:
•	 Events	–	Fairfax	currently	generates	more	than	$25	million	of	revenue	
a year from Events across the Group, and real potential exists to expand 
these activities. Our Events activities are currently structured as an 
adjunct to our other businesses, and have succeeded because we 
only organise events that leverage Fairfax’s audiences and capabilities. 
Our broad reach provides a real boost to mass participation events such 
as fun runs and ocean swims, while The Australian Financial Review 
leverages our strong content, editorial positions and brands through 
events	including	the	Future	Forums	and	Women	of	Influence.	We	also	
do well organising events in verticals where we have a leading presence, 
such as the connection between Good Food Month and our Good Food 
Guides.	We	see	a	three	to	five	year	opportunity	to	build	a	business	that	
is several times larger than our existing Events activities;
•	 Content Marketing	–	there	is	a	significant	revenue	opportunity	
for a separate business arm that produces and supplies content for 
third-party customers, including provision of content for third-party 
newsletters,	websites	and	apps.	Today,	around	25	per	cent	of	marketing	
budgets	in	Australia	are	allocated	to	content	marketing,	with	spend	in	
the area growing at around 20 per cent annually. As Fairfax has strong 
City2Surf	in	William	Street . PHOTO: STEVE CHRISTO
THE SYDNEY MORNING HERALDPHOTOS144010                       
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             11
undeRlyinG 
eBiTdA  
for continuing businesses 
(excludes Corporate/Other)
5%
RadiO
18%
nEw zEaland
29%
mETRO
48%
REgiOnal
capabilities in content creation and distribution to mass audiences, as 
well as digital step-outs such as Essential Baby, we are well-placed to offer 
clients	real	differentiation	in	their	content	marketing;
•	 Small to Medium Enterprise (SME) Digital and Marketing 
Services	–	leveraging	our	strong	local	sales	relationships	with	clients,	
particularly in regional Australia, we will assist smaller businesses to build 
an	online	marketing	presence.	Our	local	websites,	Facebook	presence	
and content will all be utilised as we provide a suite of integrated 
marketing	services.	This	is	an	area	where	Fairfax	already	has	expertise	as	
we provide these services to 4,000 SME clients, with plans to expand the 
product offering and the client base; and
•	 Data	–	audience	insights	will	drive	revenue	and	deliver	increased	
advertising	yields.	We	are	making	the	investment	required	–	in	
terms	of	both	systems	and	human	resources	–	to	deliver	advertisers	
greater insight into our audience, and more tailored, higher value, 
advertising opportunities.
I	have	recently	visited	many	parts	of	Fairfax	to	speak	with	as	many	of	our	
8,400	employees	as	possible.	What	struck	me	was	the	overwhelming	
enthusiasm for what we do. 
Through a period of great structural change, Fairfax has maintained its core 
values of independence and integrity.
The dimensions of change have put enormous stress on our people. 
I	would	like	to	thank	them	for	their	resilience	and	positive	attitude	through	
a	difficult	period.	We	are	resolutely	confident	that	our	collective	efforts	will	
deliver a prosperous future.
Our teams are now in place and clear about their responsibilities. 
They will drive real change through the business and be held accountable 
and appropriately recognised for delivering results in our efforts to reduce 
costs and develop new revenue opportunities.
I	am	pleased	with	the	progress	we	are	making	on	our	journey.
We	will	continue	to	implement	our	strategy	with	great	confidence.
Greg Hywood 
Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director
12                       
sustAInABIlIty AnD CoRPoRAtE soCIAl REsPonsIBIlIty
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             13
sUsTAINABILITY AND  
CORPORATE sOCIAL REsPONsIBILITY
Fairfax Media operates within a commercial model. Ensuring the Company’s 
financial sustainability is critical to our ability to continue to provide long-term 
benefits to the community. Our financial sustainability cannot be separated from 
our corporate social responsibility. Sustainability begins with being financially 
sustainable and serving shareholders’ interests so as to be able to fulfil our 
business objectives and serve our communities.
Fairfax has a long and proud history of serving local communities with high-quality 
independent	content	–	across	print,	digital	and	radio	–	in	Australia	and	New	Zealand.
Fairfax has deeply engaged audiences. Quality independent journalism is a central part 
of Fairfax’s strategy to build, and profitably monetise, its large and highly engaged news 
media	audience.	We	have	now	successfully	introduced	digital	subscriptions	for	The	Sydney	
Morning Herald and The Age. This initiative enhances resources and so too our ability to 
continue to serve our audiences with quality content.
What	we	do	as	a	business	contributes	in	a	very	meaningful	way	to	community	and	to	open	
government	–	the	bedrock	of	an	effective	functioning	democracy.	Fairfax	facilitates	public	
debate on important issues, holds leaders and people of power and influence to account, 
and informs the communities we serve. 
There	is	a	reason	the	media	are	called	the	‘fourth	estate’	–	after	the	parliament,	the	judiciary	
and	the	bureaucracy.	Like	us	or	loathe	us,	we	are	an	important	pillar	of	a	healthy	society.	
Our	job	is	to	ask	the	questions	that	often	people	don’t	want	asked.	We	take	seriously	our	
responsibility	to	the	communities	we	serve.	We	strive	to	be	as	accurate	and	as	fair-minded	
in	our	reporting	as	possible.	At	Fairfax,	we	have	set	up	internal	processes	to	make	this	
happen and embrace self-regulation for the industry, which we fund extensively.
The business changes being implemented at Fairfax over the past year are all about 
ensuring	the	sustainability	of	the	important	work	we	do	amid	very	real	structural	and	
cyclical	challenges	in	the	media	industry,	both	locally	and	abroad.	We	are	taking	steps	
to ensure the Company is structured and operated in a sustainable way.
2012 Cole Classic at Manly’s Shelly Beach. PHOTO: PETER RAE
THE SYDNEY MORNING HERALDPHOTOS144012                       
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             13
Fairfax	is	well	into	its	three-year	journey	of	transformation,	meeting	or	exceeding	all	key	
milestones	to	date.	This	puts	us	in	a	strong	position	to	continue	our	important	work	to	
deliver	the	key	areas	of	corporate	social	responsibility	that	we	as	a	media	business	have	
identified as being integral to the privileged role that news publishers have in the community. 
The	four	key	areas	are:
•	 editorial	integrity;
•	 environment;
•	 people	and	culture;	and	
•	 community.
EDItoRIAl IntEgRIty
Fairfax is proud of its quality independent journalism. We will continue to 
maintain our uncompromising approach to media ethics and integrity.
Fairfax	journalists,	producers	and	editors	relentlessly	seek	out	the	truth.	
Fairfax has a long-standing commitment to delivering balanced and accountable 
journalism that is in the public’s interest.
InFluEnCIng ChAngE AnD thE soCIAl AgEnDA
During the past year, Fairfax editorial content in print, radio, online, mobile and video has 
brought urgency to several important public debates and meaningful context to the most 
pressing issues facing our audiences in Australia, New Zealand and around the world.
Some examples of such journalism are below.
violence in Kings Cross
In	July	2012,	The	Sydney	Morning	Herald	led	a	march	to	hold	local,	state	government	
and industry bodies accountable when community concern about violence in Sydney’s 
CBD	reached	a	climax	after	an	18-year-old	died	after	a	random	attack	on	him.	The	Sydney	
Morning Herald used its digital resources to give the community a voice. The Safer Sydney 
campaign came to a head with a community forum held at Sydney’s Town Hall. A panel 
including	Lord	Mayor	Clover	Moore,	federal	MP	Malcolm	Turnbull,	NSW	Hospitality	Minister	
George Souris and members of the police and hotel associations answered questions 
from the hundreds in attendance and the thousands watching via smh.com.au. The tag 
#safersydney trended on Twitter.
suicide Prevention
The Border Mail’s Ashley Argoon produced a series of stories about mental health in 
regional	Australia	that	won	her	the	Walkley	Young	Australian	Journalist	of	the	Year	as	well	
as the category award for text-based journalism. The Border Mail’s year-long campaign, 
“Ending the Suicide Silence”, led to an announcement that the youth mental health service 
Headspace would open an Albury facility in November 2014.
Child Abuse
Joanne	McCarthy	from	The	Newcastle	Herald	was	awarded	the	Graham	Perkin	Australian	
Journalist	of	the	Year	for	her	investigations	and	reporting	of	abuse	within	the	Catholic	
Church	in	the	Hunter	Valley.	Her	work	helped	bring	about	a	Royal	Commission	into	
child sex abuse.
Commenting	on	McCarthy’s	work,	the	judges	said	she	showed	“relentless	campaigning	
spirit on behalf of the victims of sex abuse in the Catholic Church in the community in which 
she	lives	in	a	series	of	reports,	features	and	opinion	pieces.	This	kind	of	story	is	hard	to	tell	on	
a big newspaper and requires guts to pursue on a regional one. She never gave up.”
14                       
sustAInABIlIty AnD CoRPoRAtE soCIAl REsPonsIBIlIty
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             15
EnvIRonMEnt
The media has a unique opportunity to influence others to take positive action 
towards reducing energy consumption, as well as the ability to responsibly 
manage its own carbon footprint.
CoMMunIty EDuCAtIon
Fairfax	makes	an	important	contribution	to	environmental	sustainability	by	educating	
and informing the community about environmental issues through editorial coverage 
of important issues such as climate change and water conservation.
The Sun-Herald was the only newspaper to board the supertrawler Abel Tasman as part 
of	reporting	on	the	related	environmental	and	political	debate.	When	the	Coonabarabran	
fires happened, Fairfax sent a reporter and photographer to cover the events. The same 
team	tracked	progress	as	the	community	began	to	rebuild.	Over	the	year,	The	Sun-Herald	
reported	on	issues	at	Sydney	Water,	the	Department	of	Health	and	NSW	Police,	and	
worked	with	Taronga	Zoo	to	raise	awareness	of	animal	conservation	and	animal	adoption.	
The same masthead also raised awareness of organ donation by following six recipients for 
12 months and telling their stories.
In	Canberra,	politicians	and	decision-makers	have	found	The	Canberra	Times’	‘Send	Them	
Home	Safe’	campaign	on	workplace	safety	impossible	to	ignore.	The	campaign	began	in	
November	2012	with	a	page-one	exclusive	revealing	the	extent	to	which	the	ACT	WorkSafe	
inspectorate’s funding, staff and capacity had been downgraded over recent years, and 
had	possibly	contributed	to	the	ACT	losing	four	workers	to	shocking	construction	accidents	
in the space of a year, and recording the nation’s worst serious injury rate.
The Canberra Times’ campaign raised public awareness of the issues and helped to 
prompt	the	ACT	government	to	take	action	and	accept	all	28	recommendations	arising	
from its independent inquiry into construction industry safety standards.
Consistent with its strong editorial stance on sustainability and water conservation, 
The	Age	worked	with	RMIT	to	showcase	environmental	awareness	initiatives.
EnERgy AuDIt & EMIssIons tARgEt
Energy	efficiency	is	a	cost	saving	measure	and	a	key	part	of	our	carbon	footprint	reduction.
Fairfax is on target to meet its emissions reduction commitments through office and 
print facility consolidation, recycling and waste minimisation programs, energy reduction 
through the use of efficient lighting and service equipment, and changes to its technology 
infrastructure and usage.
In 2011, Fairfax made a commitment to reduce its carbon emissions by 20 to 25 per cent 
by 2020. Under the NGER Act 2007, Fairfax reported to the Clean Energy Regulator 
that, from 2011 to 2012, it had already achieved a 9.6 per cent decline of its Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions.
The	Company	is	achieving	its	overall	target	through	a	number	of	key	projects,	which	include:
•	 Replacement	of	high-energy-use	lighting	at	10	of	its	regional	printing	sites	with	low-
energy CFL and LED lighting. The project attracted 33 per cent Government funding 
under	the	Clean	Energy	Investment	Program.	We	will	replace	more	than	1,070	light	
fittings and reduce our carbon emissions from high-energy lighting by about 67 per cent 
at those sites.
•	 Consolidation	of	printing	assets,	including	the	closure	of	the	large-scale	Tullamarine	
and Chullora print sites by mid-2014 and moving printing to smaller, more energy-
efficient regional sites which will contribute to a reduction in our carbon emissions.
14                       
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             15
•	 Review	of	property	assets	and	office	accommodation.	This	has	seen	a	reduction	in	floor	
space requirements at our main offices in Sydney and Melbourne. Fairfax-utilised floor 
space will be reduced by two floors at One Darling Island in Sydney and three floors 
at	Media	House	in	Melbourne.	The	review	is	also	looking	into	effective	utilisation	of	all	
properties within the Fairfax Group across both Australia and New Zealand, which will 
further reduce the Company’s energy requirements and carbon emissions.
In addition to these projects, our ongoing commitment to recycling and waste 
management minimisation programs continues.
EnvIRonMEntAl IMPACts oF nEwsPAPER PRIntIng
The print industry continues to invest in a program to educate the public about recycling 
and	newsprint	recovery	programs,	with	support	from	industry	group	The	Newspaper	Works.
Along	with	the	Commonwealth	and	leading	newsprint	supplier,	Norske	Skog,	our	industry	
is also a co-signatory to the National Environmental Sustainability Agreement.
Fairfax	continues	to	promote	sustainable	technologies	and	materials	such	as	inks	with	
a vegetable oil base. All of the newsprint used by Fairfax comes from sustainable plantations.
In	the	calendar	year	2012,	the	Australian	market	recycled	78	per	cent	of	its	newsprint,	
a result that mirrored its achievement in 2011.
FAIRFAX PRIntIng AnD thE EnvIRonMEnt
Fairfax is a member of the Publishers National Environment Bureau (PNEB), part of an 
association	of	Australia’s	leading	newspaper	and	magazine	publishers	known	as	The	
Newspaper	Works	that	has	been	working	since	1990	to	promote	the	sustainable	recovery	
of	old	newspapers	and	magazines.	Since	The	Newspaper	Works	was	established,	disposal	
of newsprint in landfill has decreased by 40 per cent at a time when landfill volumes 
increased	significantly.	Just	0.65	per	cent	of	landfill	volume	now	constitutes	newsprint.
Australia has been widely recognised as having one of the highest newspaper recycling 
rates	in	the	world.	Fairfax,	in	conjunction	with	the	PNEB,	has	been	working	continuously	
to promote the sustainable recovery of old newspapers and magazines. Together, we 
have been able to help lift Australia’s newspaper recycling rate from 28 per cent in 1990 
to a recycling rate of almost 78 per cent in 2012.
Fairfax is focused on reducing waste while reusing recycled materials in the printing 
process.	We	are	continuing	to	explore	and	implement	creative	and	effective	ideas	to	
reduce our carbon footprint and consumption of water.
optimising our printing operations
The	move	to	compact-size	of	The	Age	and	The	Sydney	Morning	Herald	weekday	editions,	
with	the	weekend	editions	to	go	compact	in	2014,	enables	the	closure	of	two	of	our	large	print	
facilities.	We	will	consolidate	printing	more	efficiently	into	our	network	of	14	printing	sites.
Fairfax will move printing of its two major Australian metropolitan mastheads, The Age 
and	The	Sydney	Morning	Herald,	to	Ballarat	in	Victoria	and	North	Richmond	in	NSW	
respectively, in 2014. This will boost productivity in these regional Australian towns.
Fairfax print facilities continue to proactively manage waste minimisation, recycling, water 
management	and	energy	efficiency.	Each	print	facility	monitors	and	sets	weekly	targets	for	
the	reduction	of	newsprint	and	ink-related	waste.	Sites	are	benchmarked	against	each	other	
and the wider industry to ensure that best practice processes and efficiencies are in place. 
In the 2013 reporting year, Fairfax’s printing plants reduced printed waste by 17.74 per cent 
over the previous year. That reduction was achieved through a combination of reduced 
print volumes and improved efficiencies at all print sites. 
16                       
sustAInABIlIty AnD CoRPoRAtE soCIAl REsPonsIBIlIty
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             17
Environmental benefits of real-time working
Following	the	implementation	of	real-time	working	at	our	main	Sydney	and	Melbourne	
offices, we have significantly reduced our real-estate footprint by optimising the use of space 
to	better	align	with	desk	usage	and	adopting	more	contemporary	working	practices.
The	move	to	real-time	working	has	produced	environmental	returns	in	the	form	of	
recycling	stationery,	work	stations	and	computer	technology.	As	the	Sydney	and	
Melbourne	offices	have	adopted	real-time	working,	several	charities	have	benefited	from	
donations	of	surplus	equipment	as	well	as	some	cash	raised	by	staff.	For	example,	the	NSW	
Department of Education and Grace Removals assisted with the distribution of 300 under-
desk	pedestal	units	that	were	donated	to	schools	in	the	community	that	were	in	need.
PEoPlE AnD CultuRE
A diverse, innovative and engaged workforce is important in enhancing the 
quality and creativity which underpins our brands and businesses. 
Fairfax is in the middle of a significant transformation and understands its business has 
a predominantly digital future. The transformation involves a three-year restructuring program 
that	will	see	the	workforce	reduced	to	about	8,000	and	the	adoption	of	new	business	
practices	and	behaviours.	We	are	on	track	to	deliver	total	annualised	cost	savings	of	$311	million	
by 2015. In addition, there are several new revenue streams that are actively being pursued. 
Despite headcount reductions, we’ve implemented smarter processes, and overall 
efficiency and output has increased in many business areas. A new digital-facing 
way	of	working	and	greater	sharing	of	content	within	our	Australian	metropolitan	
newsrooms has seen a reduction in staff numbers of about 22 per cent within the editorial 
departments.	Smaller	teams	of	producers	are	now	working	across	print,	online	and	the	
tablet app, replacing traditionally fractured sub-editing roles and removing production 
silos. Reporters are filing digital-first stories throughout the day, increasing original content 
by 25 per cent on these platforms. Common publishing systems across all metropolitan 
publishing platforms allow news lists and all content across digital and print to be shared 
seamlessly, resulting in increased efficiency.
Some	more	key	figures	about	our	people:
•	 730	employees	in	Australia	use	Fairfax-subsidised	gym	facilities.
•	 2106	employees	in	Australia	and	New	Zealand	took	up	the	offer	of	a	free	flu	vaccination.
•	 827	employees	participated	in	the	Fairfax-managed	fun	runs	and	swim	events	offered	
free of charge to staff.
•	 Established	in	1959,	the	Fairfax	Foundation	operates	separately	from	the	business	for	the	
purpose of helping current and former Fairfax employees and their dependents. During 
the past financial year, the Foundation has provided financial grants, loans and other 
benefits to the value of $359,251.
•	 Fairfax	continued	to	offer	independent	external	assistance	and	counselling	services	to	
all Fairfax employees and their immediate families, as well as an independent external 
“whistleblower” hotline for staff to report concerns about ethics and harassment.
16                       
to deliver growth to shareholders
a strong commercial focus  
We will balance everything we do with  
outstanding products and services
to provide our audiences and customers with 
We need to work together across the company 
deliver on our commitments
We are highly accountable and  
quickly to our audiences, customers and each other
We value transparency. We listen and respond 
of our audiences and customers
we make are based on the needs 
The way we work and decisions 
CULTURE
our customers and audiences
in our dealings with each other, 
We are responsible and honest  
Integrity
or organisation
or favour to any individual 
to operate without fear 
We have the freedom 
Independence
VALUES
constantly challenging the status quo
To achieve this we need to be innovative, 
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             17
OUR CULTURE AND VALUES STORY
EngAgEMEnt
Maintaining and improving staff engagement is important to our ability to attract and 
retain	talented	people	and	to	deliver	on	our	business	strategy.	We	obtain	staff	feedback	
via annual comprehensive staff surveys, interim pulse surveys, our company intranet, and 
annual	performance	reviews.	We	benchmark	staff	engagement	levels	and	set	clear	goals	
for improvement.
Our	annual	company-wide	alignment	and	engagement	staff	survey,	held	during	July	
and August 2012, received a response rate of 63 per cent.
Compared with last year, the survey revealed improved understanding by staff and better 
communication by senior management of the Company’s strategic direction. Focus groups 
across	the	business	identified	“investment	in	people”	as	a	key	area	of	focus	for	the	year	to	
further improve results. Initiatives to address this focus area included the introduction of reward 
and recognition programs, improved communication around learning and development 
programs,	and	the	implementation	of	a	new	performance	management	framework.
CultuRE & vAluEs
Following the launch of Fairfax’s Culture and Values program in 2012, several initiatives have 
been underway to embed our values. Initiatives include integrating company values into 
our performance management system, which brings a focus on both our business and 
behavioural goals. Recognition awards have also been established to commend employees 
for outstanding achievement, behaviours and contributions to the Company in line with 
Fairfax’s Culture and Values.
Our values and cultural drivers are also embedded within our internal projects. For example, 
many of our internal programs such as the Fairfax Mentoring Program and our Leadership 
Development programs emphasise teaching, role-modelling and demonstrating Fairfax’s 
Culture and Values. In 2013, about 475 employees participated in leadership programs 
across the business, while 572 employees participated in Fairfax’s mentoring programs.
REAl-tIME woRKIng
Real-time	working	is	a	set	of	physical,	behavioural	and	technological	strategies	that	enable	
more	flexible	and	efficient	work	practices	by	individuals	and	teams.	It	recognises	a	wide	
spectrum	of	work	styles	and	acknowledges	that,	on	any	given	day,	people	will	have	
different activities that require varying levels of concentration or collaboration.
Real-time	working	is	supported	by	appropriate	tools	such	as	wireless	and	cloud	IT	solutions.
Real-time	working	has	provided	Fairfax	with	a	workplace	that	is	much	more	flexible	and	
adaptive to the needs of our people.
woRKPlACE sAFEty
Fairfax	has	continued	to	improve	its	workplace	safety	record	during	the	past	12	months.	
The number of Lost Time Injuries has decreased, and the Company’s commitment to injury 
management	and	return	to	work	processes	has	improved.	This	is	reflected	in	reductions	
in	Workers	Compensation	premiums	since	2009.
Lost Time Injury frequency rates have increased slightly during the past 12 months as 
a result of reduced employment hours attributed to staff reductions.
The Company has also introduced a new internal safety auditing process that aligns with 
the Australian and New Zealand National 4801 Safety Standards. The audits will be in 
addition to operational site audits and will assist the organisation to achieve best practice 
in	Work	Health	and	Safety	and	compliance.
lost tIME InjuRIEs & lost 
tIME InjuRy FREQuEnCy RAtE
100
NO. OF LTIs
LTIFR
5
80
60
40
20
0
08/09         09/10          10/11              11/12             12/13
LTIs                      LTIFR
4
3
2
1
0
18                       
sustAInABIlIty AnD CoRPoRAtE soCIAl REsPonsIBIlIty
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             19
CoMMunIty
Fairfax is a vital member of the hundreds of communities in which it operates. 
We are committed to being a socially responsible organisation that supports and 
engages with those communities. We do this through a combination of funding, 
resources, volunteering, sponsorships, editorial coverage and promoting 
charitable activities. 
Fairfax’s management and sponsorship of events such as City2Surf (Sydney), City2Sea 
(Melbourne) and City2South (Brisbane) have continued to raise important funds for their 
charity partners. Participants in the many Fairfax events run throughout the past 12 months 
have raised more than $6 million for the various charities associated with each event.
These community events are an important way that the Company builds and maintains 
key	partnerships	with	charities,	clubs	and	associations.
In	July	2013,	The	Sun-Herald	City2Surf	celebrated	reaching	$20	million	in	charitable	
funds	raised	since	its	inception,	making	it	one	of	the	most	successful	initiatives	of	its	
kind	in	Australia.
Race	Director,	Rebecca	Wilmer,	said:	“The	City2Surf	and	its	associated	sister	events	have	
become incredibly important fundraising drives for hundreds of charities across the 
country. For some, they are the biggest initiatives of the year. The events give them the 
opportunity to raise much-needed funds and awareness for their cause.
“Through	initiatives	like	the	City2Surf	Gold	Charity	program,	there	is	now	the	opportunity	
for participants to apply even more of a focus on fundraising, and each year we’re seeing 
this continue to grow.”
The Sun-Herald City2Surf is an integral part of the community, and the world’s biggest run 
with 85,000 participants last year. The Sun-Herald also hosts the SurfSwim and Run4Fun.
In	supporting	and	promoting	active	lifestyles	of	all	kinds,	Fairfax	through	its	masthead	
The Sydney Morning Herald, is also proud to be part of Australia’s longest-running and 
largest	ocean	swim	–	the	Cole	Classic.	The	carnival,	held	in	conjunction	with	Manly	Life	
Saving Club, continues to grow in popularity and this year attracted more than 3,800 
swimmers.	Families	are	encouraged	to	take	part	in	The	Sydney	Morning	Herald	Sun	Run	
which is held on the day before the swim. Together, these two events raised $224,511 for 
more than 700 charities.
In New Zealand, Round the Bays, which started in 1972 with 1,200 participants, is co-
owned	by	Fairfax	Media	and	the	Auckland	Joggers	Club.	The	8.4km	run,	which	follows	the	
contours	of	Auckland’s	Waitemata	harbour,	has	grown	to	more	than	70,000	participants	
each year. It is one of the world’s largest fun runs and New Zealand’s largest mass 
participation sporting event.
Each year, several charities receive donations of about NZD$120,000 from the race. 
In the past decade, about NZD$1.5 million has gone to a range of charitable causes 
supporting	the	health,	well-being	and	development	of	Auckland’s	children	via	
Round the Bays.
ChARItABlE ContRIButIons
There are many heroic organisations that perform vital roles of protection and support 
in our communities, and which have raised needed funds for hundreds of special groups 
and	projects.	We	are	proud	to	have	helped	many	hundreds	of	organisations	during	the	
past 12 months.
18                       
FAIRFAX MEDIA  ANNUAL REPORT  2013                             19
Fairfax	contributed	in	excess	of	$6	million	in	cash	and	kind	to	a	range	of	charitable	and	
community causes during the year. These contributions help Fairfax form connections 
in communities in which its mastheads, radio stations and brands operate in.
For	example,	the	Fairfax	Radio	Network	(FRN)	supports	communities	its	radio	stations	
broadcast to. FRN does so by becoming involved in a range of community-based activities, 
sponsorships, community service announcements and through the participation by our 
staff in community events. 
FRN stations also assisted hundreds of non-profit organisations by providing community 
service announcement airtime. 
In addition, FRN’s national content distribution company, Fairfax Radio Syndication, supplied 
commercial distribution and campaign monitoring for a number of charities free of charge.
In New Zealand, Fairfax sponsors several nation-wide causes as well as running its own 
successful	charities.	Each	year,	via	the	Ports	of	Auckland	Round	the	Bays,	it	donates	about	
NZD$110,000 to a range of charities involved in the well-being and education of children. 
The	Fairfax	First	Books	program	puts	four	picture	books	a	year	into	the	hands	of	every	
child	at	more	than	80	kindergartens	across	New	Zealand	to	foster	a	love	of	reading	and	
build	early	literacy	skills.
In 2012, Fairfax’s New Zealand division launched Creative Spirit (creativespirit.org.nz), an 
employment program designed to boost employment of people with disabilities, starting 
with businesses in the creative communication space. And Fairfax has started in its own 
Auckland	office	by	employing	two	administration	staff	who	job-share	30	hours	a	week	
and who, since joining the Company in March 2012, have become valued team members. 
Since Fairfax launched Creative Spirit, several advertising and media agencies have signed 
on and are employing people with disabilities as part of the program.
Fairfax workplace giving Program – More than words
Fairfax’s	Australian	businesses	participate	in	a	workplace	giving	program,	More	Than	
Words,	which	started	in	2005.	The	program	encourages	and	enables	employees	to	donate	
part of their pre-tax salary to a range of nominated charities. Through the program, more 
than $739,000 has been donated since 2005.
literacy programs
One	area	in	which	Fairfax	believes	its	news	outlets	are	particularly	well-placed	to	make	
a	difference	is	literacy.	Last	year,	over	the	course	of	24	weeks,	The	Sunday	Age	and	The	
Sun-Herald campaigned strongly on the importance of reading by challenging students 
around	Victoria	and	NSW	to	read	12	books	in	six	months.	The	challenge,	known	as	The	
Premier’s Reading Challenge, is a team effort at home, in school and through the masthead.
The	Fairfax	First	Books	program	is	improving	early	childhood	literacy	in	New	Zealand.	
Boots For Kids 
Young people feature prominently in Fairfax’s scope of charitable support. A recent initiative 
started with a casual conversation between The Age football writer Michael Gleeson and 
former Collingwood and All-Australian player Leon Davis about indigenous children who 
had never owned a pair of footy boots but loved the game passionately. Known as Boots 
for Kids, the program encourages families in Victoria to donate their children’s used footy 
boots	for	use	in	remote	indigenous	communities	in	the	Northern	Territory	and	Western	
Australia	where	kids	play	barefoot.	
20                       
sustAInABIlIty AnD CoRPoRAtE soCIAl REsPonsIBIlIty
DIvERsIty
Diversity in employment is a crucial issue these days. Diversity of gender, ethnicity and 
able-bodiedness creates diversity of thought. That diversity of thought is exactly what 
companies	like	ours	need	especially	in	times	of	transformation.
Even though the newspaper industry has historically demonstrated a bias in favour of 
men in senior roles, our organisation employs many women in senior editorial and general 
management positions. There is still room for more diversity. Fairfax wants to encourage 
even	more	women	to	take	on	leadership	roles	within	the	Company	while	still	ensuring	that	
promotion is based on merit rather than quotas.
Last	year,	The	Australian	Financial	Review	partnered	with	Westpac	to	run	the	inaugural	
100	Women	of	Influence	Awards,	which	was	launched	with	a	keynote	address	by	then	
Prime	Minister	Julia	Gillard.	The	program	identified	Australia’s	100	Women	of	Influence	
during	a	10-week	editorial	campaign	across	10	categories.
In	2013,	the	100	Women	of	Influence	further	cemented	its	standing	as	an	awards	program	
of note, culminating in a gala event and awards ceremony in October in Sydney.
Fairfax	in	New	Zealand	and	Westpac	New	Zealand	have	also	entered	into	an	exciting	
partnership that aims to recognise women who have demonstrated outstanding 
achievements	and	used	their	influence	to	make	a	positive	impact	on	New	Zealand	society.
The	NZ	Women	of	Influence	awards	is	an	annual	program	that	identifies	the	60	most	
inspiring women of New Zealand across a broad range of categories: management & 
business; local & regional; entrepreneur; community service & social enterprise; innovation 
& science; and emerging leader. The emerging leader category is run through Fairfax’s 
Stuff.co.nz brand.
The	NZ	Women	of	Influence	program	was	launched	on	June	26	this	year.	Nominations	
ran until August 25, with winners to be announced and celebrated on October 23.
By recognising women in a broad range of roles, we hope to not only celebrate their 
successes and contribution to New Zealand and Australia but also to encourage other 
women	to	make	a	difference.
Following	the	external	programs	in	Australia	and	New	Zealand,	Fairfax	Women	of	Influence	
has recently been rolled out internally at Fairfax to recognise and celebrate the successes 
of our female staff. Through the program, female staff will have the chance to learn from 
some	of	the	external	program	finalists	and	winners	through	workshops,	seminars,	and	
leadership	programs.	The	Fairfax	Women	of	Influence	awards	recognise	our	female	
employees in six categories: young leader; community leadership; public agenda setting; 
leadership; innovation; and change champion.
Our	involvement	in	Women	of	Influence	is	an	important	step	towards	encouraging	greater	
acceptance of the importance of diversity in employment.
TABLE OF CONTENT s
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013
ACN 008 663 161 
                         21
Board of Directors.............................................................................................................................22
Directors’ Report................................................................................................................................ 24
Auditor’s Independence Declaration ........................................................................ 28
Remuneration Report ................................................................................................................. 29
Remuneration Report (Audited) .......................................................................................31
Corporate Governance.............................................................................................................. 45
Management Discussion and Analysis Report ............................................. 54
Consolidated Income Statement ................................................................................... 56
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ............................57
Consolidated Balance Sheet................................................................................................ 58
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement ........................................................................... 59
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity ............................................ 60
Notes to the Financial Statements
1.  Summary of significant accounting policies ................................... 62
  2.  Revenues ....................................................................................................................................72
  3.  Expenses .....................................................................................................................................73
  4.  Significant items .................................................................................................................74
  5.  Discontinued operations .........................................................................................75
  6. 
Income tax expense ..................................................................................................... 76
  7.  Dividends paid and proposed  .........................................................................77
  8.  Receivables ..............................................................................................................................78
  9. 
Inventories ............................................................................................................................... 79
  10.  Assets and liabilities held for sale ................................................................. 79
11.  Other financial assets ................................................................................................. 80
Investments accounted for using the equity method ....... 80
  12. 
  13.  Available for sale investments.......................................................................... 82
  14. 
Intangible assets ............................................................................................................... 82
  15.  Property, plant and equipment ....................................................................... 85
  16.  Derivative financial instruments .....................................................................87
  17.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities .................................................................89
  18.  Payables ..................................................................................................................................... 90
  19. 
Interest bearing liabilities ......................................................................................... 91
  20.  Provisions .................................................................................................................................. 92
  21.  Pension assets and liabilities ..............................................................................94
  22.  Contributed equity .........................................................................................................96
  23.  Reserves ..................................................................................................................................... 97
  24.  Retained profits ..................................................................................................................99
  25.  Earnings per share .........................................................................................................99
  26.  Commitments ..................................................................................................................100
  27.  Contingencies ....................................................................................................................101
  28.  Controlled entities .........................................................................................................101
  29.  Acquisition and disposal of controlled entities..........................106
  30.  Business combinations .......................................................................................... 107
  31.  Employee benefits.......................................................................................................108
  32.  Remuneration of auditors ..................................................................................109
  33.  Director and executive disclosures..........................................................110
  34.  Related party transactions  .................................................................................112
  35.  Notes to the cash flow statement ...............................................................113
	 36.	 Financial	and	capital	risk	management ...............................................114
  37.  Segment reporting .......................................................................................................121
  38.  Parent entity information .....................................................................................124
  39.  Events subsequent to reporting date ...................................................124
Directors’ Declaration ................................................................................................................125
Independent Auditor’s Report ....................................................................................... 126
Shareholder Information ...................................................................................................... 128
Directory .................................................................................................................................................. 129
 
 
22
BOARD OF DIRECTORs
RoGeR CoRBeTT, Ao 
non-exeCuTiVe CHAiRMAn,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd 4 FeBRuARy 2003
Mr Corbett was elected Chairman of the Board in October 2009. He has been involved in the retail industry for more than 
40	years.	In	1984,	Mr	Corbett	joined	the	Board	of	David	Jones	Australia	as	Director	of	Operations.	In	1990,	he	was	appointed	to	
the	Board	of	Woolworths	Limited	and	to	the	position	of	Managing	Director	of	BIG	W.	In	1999,	Mr	Corbett	was	appointed	Chief	
Executive	Officer	of	Woolworths	Limited.	He	retired	from	that	position	in	2006.
Mr	Corbett	is	a	Director	of	the	Reserve	Bank	of	Australia,	a	Director	of	Wal-Mart	Stores,	Chairman	of	PrimeAg	Australia	Limited	
and Chairman of Mayne Pharma Group Limited. He is also Chairman of the Salvation Army Advisory Board (Australian Eastern 
Territory); a member of the Dean’s Advisory Group of the Faculty of Medicine at the University of Sydney; a member of the 
Advisory	Council	of	the	Australian	School	of	Business;	Chairman	of	the	University	of	New	South	Wales	Centre	for	Healthy	Brain	
Ageing Advisory Board and a member of the Australian Indigenous Chamber of Commerce Advisory Board.
GREGORY HYWOOD 
exeCuTiVe diReCToR,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd (non-exeCuTiVe) eFFeCTiVe 4 oCToBeR 2010  
APPoinTed AS Ceo And MAnAGinG diReCToR 7 FeBRuARy 2011 
Mr	Hywood	has	enjoyed	a	long	career	in	the	media	and	government.	A	Walkley	Award	winning	journalist,	he	held	a	number	
of senior management positions at Fairfax including Publisher and Editor-in-Chief of each of The Australian Financial Review, 
The Sydney Morning Herald/Sun Herald and The Age. He also held the position of Group Publisher Fairfax magazines. He was 
Executive Director Policy and Cabinet in the Victorian Premier’s Department between 2004 and 2006, and from 2006 to 2010 
was Chief Executive of Tourism Victoria. Mr Hywood is a Director of The Victorian Major Events Company.
MICHAEL ANDERSON 
non-exeCuTiVe diReCToR,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd 2 SePTeMBeR 2010
Mr Anderson has had a long career in the radio industry including as Chief Executive of Austereo Limited from 2003 until 
January	2010.	During	his	time	as	Chief	Executive	he	focused	the	company	on	building	strong	station	brands	and	adapting	the	
business	to	the	changing	media	market	including	building	and	maintaining	market	leadership	and	developing	new	strategic	
directions,	focusing	on	target	audiences	and	adapting	to	increased	competition.	He	launched	a	nationwide	digital	network	
and Australia’s first digital radio station. He has been a leader in adapting radio to the digital era and is a Director of Oztam Pty 
Limited and Ooh Media.
JACK COWIN 
non-exeCuTiVe diReCToR,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd 19 July 2012
Mr Cowin is the Founder and Executive Chairman of Competitive Foods Australia Pty Limited. The company was founded 
in 1969. Competitive Foods owns and operates over 350 fast food restaurants in Australia, it also operates several 
food	manufacturing	plants	for	the	supermarket	and	food	service	industries	exporting	to	29	countries.	Mr	Cowin	is	a	
Director	of	Network	Ten,	Director	of	BridgeClimb	and	Chandler	Macleod	Pty	Limited,	and	is	on	the	Board	of	Directors	for	
Sydney	Olympic	Park.	
BOARD OF DIRECTORs
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
23
SANDRA MCPHEE, AM 
non-exeCuTiVe diReCToR,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd 26 FeBRuARy 2010
Ms	McPhee	is	a	Director	of	AGL	Energy	Limited,	Westfield	Retail	Trust,	Kathmandu	Holdings	Limited	and	Tourism	Australia.	
Her previous directorships include Australia Post, Coles Group Limited and Perpetual Limited. Prior to becoming a Non-
Executive Director, Ms McPhee held senior executive positions in a range of consumer oriented industries including retail, 
tourism and aviation, most recently with Qantas Airways Limited.
JAMES MILLAR, AM 
non-exeCuTiVe diReCToR,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd 1 July 2012
Mr Millar is an experienced Corporate Executive, Advisor and Director of a number of companies and organisations. He is the 
former Chief Executive Officer and Oceania Area Managing Partner of Ernst & Young and was a member of the Ernst & Young 
Global Board. His career prior to the leadership roles at Ernst & Young was as a corporate reconstruction professional. Mr Millar 
is	currently	a	Director	of	Jetset	Travelworld	Limited,	Mirvac	Limited	and	Fantastic	Holdings	Limited,	as	well	as	a	Director,	trustee	
or member of a number of not-for-profit and charitable organisations. He has qualifications in business and accounting and is a 
Fellow of both the Institute of Chartered Accountants and the Australian Institute of Company Directors.
SAM MORGAN 
non-exeCuTiVe diReCToR,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd 26 FeBRuARy 2010
Mr Morgan is the founder, former CEO and now a Director of Trade Me Limited, New Zealand’s largest online transaction site. 
He is the Chairman of software company Visfleet and a Director of listed online business Xero Limited. Mr Morgan was previously 
a Director of Sonar6.
LINDA NICHOLLS, AO 
non-exeCuTiVe diReCToR,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd 26 FeBRuARy 2010
Ms Nicholls is a Corporate Advisor and Director of a number of leading Australian companies and organisations. She is Chair 
of	KDR	(Yarra	Trams)	and	a	Director	of	Sigma	Pharmaceutical	Group,	the	Walter	and	Eliza	Hall	Institute	of	Medical	Research	
and Low Carbon Australia Pty Limited. She is a former Chair of Australia Post, former Chair of Healthscope Limited and former 
Director	of	St.	George	Bank	Limited.	Prior	to	becoming	a	professional	Director,	Mrs	Nicholls	held	senior	executive	positions	in	
the	banking	and	finance	industry.
PETER YOUNG, AM 
non-exeCuTiVe diReCToR,  
APPoinTed To THe BoARd 16 SePTeMBeR 2005
Over	the	last	30	years,	Mr	Young	has	been	an	investment	banking	Executive	in	Australia,	New	Zealand	and	the	USA.	He	is	
currently	the	Chairman	of	Barclays	Australia	and	New	Zealand.	He	was	a	member	of	the	Royal	Bank	of	Scotland’s	Advisory	
Council	in	Australia.	He	also	served	as	Chairman	of	Investment	Banking	for	ABN	AMRO	in	Australia	and	New	Zealand.	
From 1998 to 2002, Mr Young was Executive Vice Chairman, ABN AMRO Group (Australia and New Zealand) and Head of 
Telecommunications, Media & Technology Client Management for Asia Pacific. He is also currently the Chairman of Queensland 
Investment Corporation, and a Director of PrimeAg Australia and the Sydney Theatre Company, as well as a member of the 
Queensland Art Gallery Board of Trustees. He is involved in a number of community, environmental and artistic activities.
24
DIRECTORs’ REPORT
The Board of Directors presents its report together with the financial report of Fairfax Media Limited (the Company) and 
of	the	consolidated	entity,	being	the	Company	and	its	controlled	entities	for	the	period	ended	30	June	2013	and	the	
auditor’s report thereon.
DIRECTORS
The Directors of the Company at any time during the financial year or up to the date of this report are as follows. 
Directors held office for the entire period unless otherwise stated. 
ROGER CORBETT, AO
Non-Executive Chairman
GREGORY HYWOOD
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
SANDRA MCPHEE, AM
Non-Executive Director
SAM MORGAN
Non-Executive Director
LINDA NICHOLLS, AO
Non-Executive Director
ROBERT SAVAGE, AM
Non-Executive Director
Resigned	30	June	2012
PETER YOUNG, AM
Non-Executive Director 
MICHAEL ANDERSON
Non-Executive Director 
JAMES MILLAR, AM
Non-Executive Director 
Appointed	1	July	2012
JACK COWIN
Non-Executive Director 
Appointed	19	July	2012
A	profile	of	each	Director	holding	office	at	the	date	of	this	report	is	included	on	pages	22	–	23	of	this	report.
DIRECTORs’ REPORT
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
25
COMPANY SECRETARY
Gail Hambly was appointed to the position of Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary in 1993. Before joining 
Fairfax Media Limited she practised as a solicitor at a major 
law firm. She has expertise in commercial and media and 
communication law. Ms Hambly is a Chair of CopyCo Pty 
Limited and a Director of Trade Me Limited, Company B 
Belvoir Limited and Sydney Story Factory. She is a member of 
the Media and Communications Committee and the Privacy 
Committee for the Law Council of Australia, a member of the 
Advisory Board for the Centre of Media and Communications 
Law at the Melbourne Law School and a member of 
Chartered Secretaries Australia. She holds degrees in Law, 
Economics, Science and Arts.
CORPORATE STRUCTURE
Fairfax Media Limited is a company limited by shares that is 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia.
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The principal activities of the consolidated entity during 
the course of the financial year were the publishing 
of news, information and entertainment, advertising 
sales in newspaper, magazine and digital formats, and 
radio broadcasting. 
There were no significant changes in the nature of the 
consolidated entity during the year other than the matters set 
out as significant changes in the state of affairs below.
CONSOLIDATED RESULT
The loss attributable to the consolidated entity for the 
financial year was $16,432,000 (2012 Loss: $2,732,397,000).
DIVIDENDS
An	interim	fully	franked	dividend	of	1	cent	per	ordinary	share	
and debenture was paid on 20 March 2013 in respect of the 
year	ended	30	June	2013.
Since the end of the financial year, the Board has declared 
a	fully	franked	dividend	of	1.0	cent	per	ordinary	share	and	
debenture	in	respect	of	the	year	ended	30	June	2013.	This	
dividend is payable on 17 September 2013.
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS
Revenue for the Group was lower than the prior year at 
$2,045 million (2012: $2,225 million). After significant expenses 
of $144.5 million the Group generated a net loss after tax 
of $16.4 million (2012: $2,732.4 million). Earnings per share 
increased to a loss of 0.7 cents (2012: loss $1.16).
Further information is provided in the Management 
Discussion	and	Analysis	Report	on	pages	54	–	55.	
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS
Significant changes in the state of affairs of the consolidated 
entity during the financial year were as follows:
On 23 December 2011, the Company announced that it had 
entered into an agreement to merge Fairfax Community 
Network	Ltd	in	Victoria	with	Metro	Media	Publishing	Pty	Ltd.	
The	merger	was	completed	on	13	July	2012	and	resulted	
in the Company holding a 50.01 per cent interest in MMP 
Holdings Pty Ltd.
The Company disposed of its US Agricultural Media business 
for US$79.9 million on 14 November 2012. 
On 21 December 2012, the Company disposed of its 
remaining 51 per cent interest in Trade Me Group Ltd for 
A$605.5 million net of transaction fees.
LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS
The consolidated entity’s prospects and strategic direction are 
discussed in the Management Discussion and Analysis Report 
on	pages	54	–	55	of	this	report.
Further	information	about	likely	developments	in	the	
operations of the consolidated entity and the expected results 
of those operations in future financial years has not been 
included in this report because disclosure of the information 
would	be	likely	to	result	in	unreasonable	prejudice	to	the	
consolidated entity.
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION AND PERFORMANCE
No material non-compliance with environmental regulation 
has been identified relating to the 2013 financial year.
The Company reported to the Department of Climate Change 
on the total carbon emissions of the Group generated in 
the 2012 financial year under the National Greenhouse and 
Energy Reporting legislation. The Group’s main source of 
carbon emissions overall was from electricity consumption at 
its larger sites and total scope 1 and 2 emissions reported was 
84,976 (2012: 93,951) tonnes CO2-e. 
EVENTS AFTER REPORTING DATE
The	Group	undertook	a	tender	offer	to	repurchase	some	of	
its	outstanding	Senior	Notes	in	July	2013.	Acceptances	under	
the tender totalled US$224 million of the outstanding total of 
US$430 million. The repurchased notes comprised US$25 
million of floating rate notes and US$199 million of fixed rate 
notes. Approximately A$270 million of funds were used to 
repurchase the Senior Notes through the exercise of US$224 
million of existing cross currency swaps. The early redemption 
of the Senior Notes will result in a $4.6 million gain net of tax 
recorded in the income statement in the 2014 financial year.
26
DIRECTORs’ REPORT
In	July	2013,	the	Group	entered	into	a	new	loan	facility	for	NZ$40	million.	The	loan	facility	is	available	to	the	Group	
until	July	2015.
On	13	August,	the	Group	entered	into	an	agreement	to	sell	InvestSMART	to	Australasian	Wealth	Investments	Limited	(AWI)	for	
cash	consideration	of	$7	million.	The	completion	of	the	transaction	is	dependent	on	a	capital	raising	process	by	AWI.
REMUNERATION REPORT
A	remuneration	report	is	set	out	on	pages	29	–	44	and	forms	part	of	this	Directors’	Report.
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
The relevant interest of each Director in the equity of the Company and related bodies corporate as at the date of this report is: 
ACQUISITION
DISPOSALS
CLOSING 
BALANCE
POST YEAR END 
ACQUISITIONS
POST YEAR END 
DISPOSALS
POST YEAR END 
BALANCE
ORDINARY SHARES
R Corbett
G Hywood*
M Anderson
J	Cowin
S McPhee
J	Millar
S Morgan*
L Nicholls
R Savage
P Young
ToTAl
OPENING 
BALANCE
99,206
1,682,834
–
–
40,220
–
2,090,348
40,387
47,899
131,117
–
200,000
–
3,000,000
70,673
100,000
–
67,371
–
–
4,132,011
3,438,044
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
99,206
1,882,834
–
3,000,000
110,893
100,000
2,090,348
107,758
47,899
131,117
7,570,055
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
99,206
1,882,834
–
3,000,000
110,893
100,000
2,090,348
107,758
47,899
131,117
7,570,055
*  Balance includes Trade Me shares which was a related body corporate until 21 December 2012. 
In the case of retired Directors, the closing balance represents the number of shares at the date the Director retired 
from the Board.
No Director holds options over shares in the Company. 
DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS
The	following	table	shows	the	number	of	Board	and	Committee	meetings	held	during	the	financial	year	ended	30	June	2013	
and the number attended by each Director or Committee member.
BOARD MEETING
AUDIT AND RISK
NOMINATIONS
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
SUSTAINABILITY 
AND CORPORATE 
RESPONSIBILITY
MEETINGS*
R Corbett**
G Hywood***
M Anderson
J	Cowin
S McPhee
J	Millar
S Morgan
L Nicholls
R Savage
P Young
NO. 
HELD
NO. 
ATTENDED
NO. 
HELD
NO. 
ATTENDED
NO. 
HELD
NO. 
ATTENDED
NO. 
HELD
NO. 
ATTENDED
NO. 
HELD
NO. 
ATTENDED
16
16
16
14
16
15
16
16
–
16
16
16
15
13
16
15
13
15
–
14
4
4
–
–
–
2
–
4
–
4
4
4
–
–
–
2
–
4
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
6
6
3
6
–
–
–
–
3
6
6
6
3
6
–
–
–
–
3
3
3
3
–
3
–
2
–
–
–
3
3
3
–
3
–
1
–
–
–
*  The number of meetings held refers to the number of meetings held while the Director was a member of the Board or Committee. 
**  Mr Corbett, Chairman, is an ex officio member of all Board committees.
***			Mr	Hywood	attends	the	Audit	and	Risk,	People	and	Culture	and	Sustainability	and	Corporate	Responsibility	Committee	meetings	as	an	
invitee of the Committees.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
27
DIRECTORs’ REPORT
OPTIONS
There are no unissued shares under option as at the date of 
this report. No options over unissued shares were granted 
during or since the end of the financial year. There were no 
movements in options during the financial year. No shares 
were issued during or since the end of the financial year as a 
result of the exercise of an option.
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF OFFICERS 
AND AUDITORS
The Directors of the Company and such other officers 
as the Directors determine, are entitled to receive the 
benefit of an indemnity contained in the Constitution of 
the Company to the extent allowed by the Corporations 
Act 2001, including against liabilities incurred by them 
in their respective capacities in successfully defending 
proceedings against them.
During or since the end of the financial year, the Company 
has paid premiums under contracts insuring the Directors 
and officers of the Company and its controlled entities against 
liability incurred in that capacity to the extent allowed by the 
Corporations Act 2001. The terms of the policies prohibit 
disclosure of the details of the liability and the premium paid.
Each Director has entered into a Deed of Access, Disclosure, 
Insurance and Indemnity which provides for indemnity by 
the Company against liability as a Director to the extent 
allowed by the law.
There are no indemnities given or insurance premiums paid 
during or since the end of the financial year for the auditors.
NO OFFICERS ARE FORMER AUDITORS
No officer of the consolidated entity has been a partner of 
an audit firm or a Director of an audit company that is the 
auditor of the Company and the consolidated entity for the 
financial year.
NON-AUDIT SERVICES
Under its Charter of Audit Independence, the Company may 
employ the auditor to provide services additional to statutory 
audit	duties	where	the	type	of	work	performed	and	the	
fees for services do not impact on the actual or perceived 
independence of the auditor.
Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor, 
Ernst & Young, for non-audit services provided during the 
financial year are set out below. Details of amounts paid 
or payable for audit services are set out in Note 32 to the 
financial statements.
The Board of Directors has received advice from the Audit 
and	Risk	Committee	and	is	satisfied	that	the	provision	of	
the non-audit services did not compromise the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 
because none of the services undermine the general 
principles relating to auditor independence as set out in 
Professional Statement F1, including reviewing or auditing the 
auditor’s	own	work,	acting	in	a	management	or	a	decision-
making	capacity	for	the	Company,	acting	as	advocate	for	the	
Company	or	jointly	sharing	economic	risk	and	rewards.
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration under 
section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is on page 28 
of this report.
During the financial year, Ernst & Young received or were 
due to receive the following amounts for the provision of 
non-audit services:
Subsidiary company and other audits required by contract 
or regulatory or other bodies:
•	 Australia $243,809
•	 Overseas $98,020
Other assurance and non-assurance services:
•	 Australia $225,449. 
ROUNDING
The	Company	is	of	a	kind	referred	to	in	Class	Order	98/100,	
issued by the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission, relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the 
Directors’ Report. Amounts contained in the Directors’ Report 
have been rounded off in accordance with that Class Order 
to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to the 
nearest dollar.
Signed on behalf of the Directors in accordance with a 
resolution of the Directors.
Roger Corbett, Ao 
Chairman 
Greg Hywood 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
22 August 2013
28
AUDITOR’s INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
Ernst & Young 
680 George Street 
Sydney  NSW  2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney  NSW  2001 
Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of Fairfax Media 
Limited 
In relation to our audit of the financial report of Fairfax Media Limited for the financial year ended 30 
June 2013, to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 or any applicable code of professional 
conduct. 
Ernst & Young 
Douglas Bain 
Partner 
22 August 2013 
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
29
Dear Shareholder 
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present Fairfax Media’s 2013 Remuneration Report. 
OUR REACTION TO CHANGES IN OUR MARKET
Fairfax	Media	has	not	stood	still	in	another	challenging	year	for	the	media	business.	We	have	confronted	the	fundamental	
changes	in	the	media	market	and	developed	a	strategy	that	we	believe	will	deliver	a	lean	and	agile	Fairfax	Media	in	a	highly	
competitive	market.	We	are	implementing	our	transformation	strategy.	
Through this transition, Fairfax Media has moved its organisational focus from print to digital and has profitable cash positive 
newspapers. The 2013 financial year has been a time of real progress on the critical milestones to achieving the business 
transformation	we	have	previously	announced.	We	have:
•	 consolidated our core Australian publishing businesses into a single unit, Australian Publishing Media, which is removing 
duplication from our business and driving revenue;
•	
launched	the	compact	editions	of	the	weekday	Sydney	Morning	Herald	and	The	Age,	so	as	to	enable	printing	plant	
rationalisation;
•	 established Domain as a standalone operation recognising the significance of the real estate sector and Domain’s strong 
position in this sector;
•	
•	
formed the Digital Ventures unit to maximise the full potential of our digital transaction businesses such as Stayz and RSVP 
and to grow new digital opportunities;
reduced our cost structure significantly; reflected in the $251 million in savings we have previously announced, plus an 
additional $60 million in savings including the restructure of Australian Publishing Media;
•	 begun a comprehensive product review to do those things that we do well and profitably and not do those things that are 
not efficient or that are not part of our core business; and
•	 begun new revenue generation initiatives across our business including a focus on leveraging our mastheads and powerful 
brands in the growing business of events. 
We	have	advised	the	market	that	traditional	print	advertising	revenue	continues	to	decline.	The	transition	from	a	traditional	print	
media company to a cross-platform business is not instantaneous. 
We	are	confident	that	we	are	on	a	path	that	will	lead	us	to	maximise	the	opportunities	available	to	a	company	with	our	brands,	
reputation	and	people.	We	believe	this	will	generate	competitive	returns	for	our	shareholders	over	the	medium	to	long	term.	
But	we	acknowledge	that	short	term	returns	to	shareholders	have	suffered	through	this	transition.
This development has been reflected in 2013 remuneration and in a comprehensive review of incentive arrangements for 
2014 and beyond.
REMUNERATION IN THE 2013 FINANCIAL YEAR 
In the 2013 financial year, a year of challenges and of change:
•	
•	
the majority of senior executive salaries were frozen as were fees paid to Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman also fulfilled 
his commitment made at the last AGM and agreed to a reduction in his fees from $432,730 per annum to $396,760;
there will be no annual bonuses paid to senior executives for 2013, unless there was a pre existing contractual payment 
commitment; and 
•	
the long term incentives, granted previously and tested at the end of the performance period this year, did not vest.
This	report	provides	details	of	our	remuneration	practices	and	the	incentive	plans	in	place	in	the	2013	financial	year.	We	also	
want to share with you what we plan to do for the 2014 financial year and beyond. 
REMUNERATION 2014 AND BEYOND
The	Board	has	gone	back	to	the	drawing	board	to	design	a	‘fit	for	purpose’	remuneration	plan	that	is	better	reflective	of	the	
journey	we	are	asking	our	shareholders	to	go	on	with	us	in	this	period	of	consolidation	and	transformation	followed	by	the	
emergence of a new Fairfax Media. The plan recognises that:
30
REMUNERATION REPORT
•	
the transformation journey we are on is not a short one, meaning that while we are positioning ourselves for the future, 
it	may	take	a	little	while	for	the	transformation	to	be	reflected	in	significantly	improved	shareholder	returns;	
•	 we	now	have	a	smaller,	highly	dedicated	and	skilled	team	of	the	best	people	to	lead	Fairfax	on	this	journey;	and
•	 as our business evolves, our current remuneration structure has become less relevant for the Fairfax of tomorrow. 
In	the	2014	financial	year,	as	the	Board	and	management	continues	the	hard	work	required	to	deliver	on	our	strategy	and	
to transform your company: 
•	
the vast majority of our senior executives will not receive any increase in fixed remuneration;
•	 our most senior executives have volunteered to sacrifice 10% of their fixed remuneration to purchase Company shares. 
The shares will be restricted for two years. Further details of this are set out in the Remuneration Report; 
•	 Non-Executive	Directors	have	agreed	to	a	reduction	of	10%	in	their	base	fees	from	1	July	2013;
•	 our existing short term and long term incentive plans will be replaced with a single transformation incentive scheme.
The new scheme will comprise two components for our most senior executives in the 2014 financial year, a proportion of long 
term options and a smaller proportion of deferred performance shares granted at the end of the year for achieving milestones 
in the year as follows:
•	
in order to align the majority of the incentive with growth in shareholder returns, options will be granted following our 2013 
AGM with an exercise price set at that time. These options will only vest if the absolute total shareholder return growth 
performance	condition	is	satisfied.	This	condition	will	be	tested	between	July	2016	and	June	2017.	Performance	conditions	
are set out in the following Remuneration Report; 
•	 a smaller percentage of incentive opportunity will be in the form of deferred performance shares. These shares will be 
granted for achieving annual milestones in the transformation strategy. These milestones will be set at the start of each year 
by the Board in line with the strategic plan. These milestones are set to reflect specific accountabilities for our management 
including	variously	revenue,	earnings,	market	share	and	cost	reduction	targets	at	Group	and/or	business	level.	The	specific	
targets are currently being finalised for 2014 and we will report on achievements against these targets and the associated 
outcomes in our 2014 Remuneration Report; and
•	
in order to align the value of these rewards with our longer term prospects, half of the shares granted following testing of 
performance in 2014 will be deferred for 12 months (i.e. until 2015) and the other half for two years (i.e. until 2016). The shares 
will be forfeited if the executive resigns or is terminated for poor performance during the deferral period. 
The Board is confident that this new remuneration structure better aligns executive rewards with our shareholders and 
provides an appropriate incentive to deliver our strategy. 
We	hope	shareholders	will	see	that	the	Board	has	not	stood	idle	in	the	face	of	the	dramatic	change	in	the	media	industry.	
Our	2013	financial	year	remuneration	outcomes,	notwithstanding	a	lot	of	hard	work	from	all	of	our	employees,	reflect	our	
financial performance in the year. 
As	shareholders	will	be	aware,	last	year	we	received	a	‘first	strike’	under	the	Corporations	Act,	as	more	than	25	per	cent	of	the	
votes cast in relation to our Remuneration Report were against the non-binding resolution. Accordingly, this year a ‘second 
strike’	would	cause	us	to	propose	a	motion	at	the	AGM	to	spill	your	Board.
Our 2014 financial year remuneration structure is designed to support our strategy of building the Fairfax of tomorrow. 
Your	Board	ask	that	you	support	our	remuneration	policies	and	practices	by	voting	in	favour	of	this	Report	at	our	2013	AGM.
Yours faithfully
Sandra McPhee, AM 
Chair	–	People	and	Culture	Committee
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
31
1. 
INTRODUCTION
This report forms part of the Company’s 2013 Directors’ Report and sets out the Fairfax Group’s remuneration arrangements for 
‘key	management	personnel’	(KMP)	in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	Corporations Act 2001 and its regulations. KMP 
comprises Directors and members of the senior executive team who have authority and responsibility for planning, directing 
and controlling the activities of the Fairfax Group. 
At	the	2012	Annual	General	Meeting	the	Company	received	a	‘first	strike’	under	the	Corporations	Act	as	more	than	25%	of	
votes cast in relation to the Remuneration Report were cast against the non-binding resolution. Accordingly, at the 2013 
Annual	General	Meeting,	a	‘second	strike’	will	cause	the	Company	to	propose	a	motion	at	that	Annual	General	Meeting	to	
spill the Board.
The Board has subsequently changed the executive incentive plans as set out below.
2.  REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK AND GOVERNANCE 
2.1  ReMuneRATion PRinCiPleS And FRAMeWoRk 2013 And 2014 CHAnGeS
FAIRFAX MEDIA EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK
The objectives of the Company’s executive remuneration framework are to align executive remuneration with the 
achievement of strategic objectives, the creation of value for shareholders, and to have regard to market so as to be 
able to attract and retain key people. 
The People and Culture Committee (P&CC) assists the Board to achieve the goal that the executive remuneration 
framework address the following:
•  attract, retain and motivate talented, qualified and experienced people in the context of industry changes over recent 
• 
years, and the market in which Fairfax is currently operating;
fairly remunerate and reward for achievement of Group strategic milestones, with incentive payments deferred to 
promote alignment with shareholder interests;
•  align remuneration with achievement of business strategy; and
•  be transparent and fair.
The executive remuneration framework comprises a mix of fixed and performance-based components.
Fixed remuneration package
Performance Incentives
• 
• 
• 
• 
includes cash, superannuation and any benefits 
employees choose to salary sacrifice (eg motor 
vehicle and parking)
represents the total fixed cost to the Company 
including fringe benefits tax payable
in recognition of Group financial performance 
in recent years, most senior executives’ fixed 
remuneration has been frozen 
for 2014 executive KMP have volunteered to 
sacrifice 10% of fixed remuneration into 
restricted shares
•  short term incentive (STI) payments subject to 
annual financial performance of the Company, 
as well as specific strategic and operational 
objectives relevant to the executive
•  on recommendation from the CEO, the P&CC 
reviews and approves STI payments and the key 
performance indicators for the following year
• 
• 
financial gateway for FY13 STI was not met, and 
therefore no payments made for that year
for FY13 and prior, long term incentive linked to 
performance against total shareholder return 
and earnings per share conditions over 3 years 
•  prior years' LTI vesting criteria were tested 
following end of FY13 and not met, therefore no 
LTI awards for prior years which have reached 
the vesting date will vest
• 
for 2014 new incentive plan to be implemented
32
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
2.2  ReMuneRATion GoVeRnAnCe 
The Board’s goal is that Fairfax’s executive remuneration strategy align with Company performance and shareholder interests. 
Importantly,	the	Board	is	focused	on	delivering	a	remuneration	framework	that	attracts	and	retains	the	right	executive	team	to	
set and deliver upon company strategy, and that remuneration arrangements support achievement of that strategy and growth 
in shareholder value. 
The P&CC, comprising solely of Non-Executive Independent Directors, assists the Board in discharging its duties. The members 
of the P&CC during 2013 were: 
•	 Sandra McPhee (Chair);
•	 Roger Corbett;
•	 Michael Anderson;
•	 Peter Young (member until 6 December 2012); and
•	 Jack	Cowin	(member	from	6	December	2012).
The CEO, CFO, Group General Counsel/Company Secretary and Group Director Human Resources attend P&CC meetings as 
invitees except when their own performance or remuneration arrangements are being discussed. 
The Board has a formal Charter for the P&CC which sets out the responsibilities, composition and meeting rules of the Committee. 
The	Committee’s	primary	responsibilities	include	making	recommendations	in	relation	to	Director	and	executive	remuneration,	
that support the remuneration strategy, and the performance conditions that underpin it, to promote the achievement of the 
Group’s strategy. Further details of the role and responsibilities of the Committee are set out in its Charter, which is available 
on the Fairfax Media website; www.fairfaxmedia.com.au 
The	P&CC’s	key	focus	during	the	2013	financial	year	was	to	review	the	Group’s	remuneration	arrangements	during	the	year	
in	the	context	of	the	industry	changes	over	recent	years,	and	the	market	in	which	Fairfax	is	currently	operating.	Further	details	
of the outcomes of the review are set out in Section 3, below.
The	Committee	engages	independent	remuneration	consultants	to	provide	advice	and	information	regarding	market	
relativities as required. During the year jws consulting was engaged by the Committee to assist with the review outlined above. 
As part of that engagement jws consulting provided remuneration recommendations in relation to the Group’s incentive plan 
arrangements, fixed remuneration and Non-Executive Director fee levels. 
As	required	to	be	disclosed	by	the	Corporations	Act,	within	the	context	of	the	work	described	above,	fees	paid	to	jws	
consulting for the remuneration recommendations were $65,000 (excluding GST) and the fees for other advice were $22,000 
(excluding GST). 
In	addition	to	the	above,	advice	was	also	provided	by	PricewaterhouseCoopers	on	market	trends	on	short	term	incentive	
gateways	and	clawback	provisions.	Fees	for	this	work	were	$13,000	(excluding	GST).	
jws consulting and PricewaterhouseCoopers have provided confirmation that the recommendations provided were free from 
‘undue influence’ by the members of the KMP to whom the recommendations related and, based on these confirmations, 
the Board is satisfied that the recommendations were made free from any undue influence. 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
33
2.3  ReMuneRATion Mix
The	Board	considers	that	a	significant	proportion	of	executive	remuneration	should	be	‘at	risk’,	and	linked	to	Fairfax’s	short	and	
long term strategy and performance. The following diagram shows senior executives’ remuneration mix for the 2013 financial year. 
CEO
45%
33%
22%
CFO
54%
24%
22%
OTHER KMP EXECUTIVES
57%
26%
17%
Fixed
STI (on-target)
LTI (max)
0
20
40
60
80
100
3.  SUMMARY OF EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OUTCOMES FOR 2013 
The	media	market	and,	in	particular,	the	print	media	business	has	had	another	challenging	year.	
Market	conditions	remain	difficult,	and	traditional	print	advertising	revenue	continues	to	decline.	2013	saw	Fairfax	implement	a	
number of cost saving initiatives and continue to implement its strategy to respond to industry changes, but the transition from 
a traditional print media company to a cross-platform business is not instantaneous. 
In this year of challenges and change and consistent with the impact on our shareholders:
•	 senior executive salaries remained frozen unless there was a substantial role change;
•	 no annual bonuses were paid to senior executives because short term incentives did not meet the required financial gateway, 
unless there was a contractual pre-existing obligation; and
•	
the long term incentives, granted in prior years and tested at the end of their performance periods this year, did not vest.
The detailed remuneration tables set out in Section 6.3 show full details of KMP remuneration for the 2013 financial year. 
Numbers include the expense relating to equity instruments under the LTI, as required by the Accounting Standards 
notwithstanding that these amounts were not actually delivered to executives. 
The following table has been included voluntarily to provide a better understanding of the amounts actually received by current 
KMP (as set out in section 5) for each component of remuneration during the 2013 financial year.
Table 1
NAME
Greg Hywood
David Housego (1)
Gail Hambly
Allen	Williams	(2)
FIXED
 REMUNERATION (3)
1,611,239
491,089
635,830
189,934
BONUS
–
100,000
–
–
LTI
–
–
–
–
TOTAL
1,611,239
591,089
635,830
189,934
1)  David Housego commenced with the Company in the role of Chief Financial Officer (CFO) on the 3 December 2012 (with an annual fixed 
remuneration of $825,000). As part of his recruitment arrangements Mr Housego was entitled to a one off payment of $100,000 at the 
end of the FY13 subject to performance objectives being achieved.
2)	 Allen	Williams	commenced	as	Managing	Director	Australian	Publishing	Media	on	4	April	2013	(with	an	annual	fixed	remuneration	of	
$775,000).	Prior	to	this	Mr	Williams	was	the	CEO	of	Fairfax	New	Zealand.
3)  Fixed remuneration comprises of base pay, superannuation and long service leave.
In addition, over the prior two financial years: 
•	 STI payments have been below on-target performance; and
•	 no LTI awards vested.
 
34
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
4.  EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION CHANGES FOR 2014
The	Board,	through	the	P&CC,	undertook	a	comprehensive	review	of	the	Group’s	remuneration	arrangements	during	the	year	
in	the	context	of	the	industry	changes	and	the	market	in	which	Fairfax	is	currently	operating.	The	Board	recognises	that,	at	this	
pivotal	point	in	the	Company’s	life	cycle,	the	remuneration	and	incentive	framework	needs,	more	than	ever,	to	be	generally	
market	competitive	(to	guard	against	key	people	leaving	the	business)	and	to	drive	a	performance	culture,	encouraging	and	
rewarding the achievement of milestones in the transformation strategy.
The review confirmed that the current remuneration arrangements are not appropriate to motivate executives to achieve the 
transformation proposed over the coming years, the current performance metrics, in particular, do not support achievement of 
the transformational objectives. 
The Board, however, is acutely aware of the position of shareholders and the levels of return over recent years. Accordingly, a 
key	objective	of	the	review	was	to	achieve	a	remuneration	framework	that	rewards	performance,	but	ensures	that	such	reward	
is aligned with shareholder interests. 
The	key	considerations	and	outcomes	from	the	review	in	respect	of	remuneration	arrangements	for	the	executive	KMP	are	set	
out in the following table:
Table 2: Findings from review
REMUNERATION COMPONENT
KEY	CONSIDERATIONS	AND	FINDINGS	FROM	REVIEW
OUTCOMES AND FY14 CHANGES
Fixed remuneration
•	 More than ever, Fairfax needs to attract and 
retain high calibre executives to transform 
the Company.
•	 Particularly in the context of the transformation 
journey that is ahead and as a result of 
previous incentive grants not vesting and the 
consequent	retention	risk,	fixed	remuneration	
plays an even greater role in attracting and 
retaining the right people.
incentives
•	 The current incentive plans are not valued 
by executives and are not achieving their 
purpose of providing an incentive to achieve 
organisational objectives.
•	 A ‘fit for purpose’ incentive is required to 
reward the most senior executives if they 
achieve turning around the performance 
of the Company.
•	 Steps in the transformation are designed to 
translate into enhancement of shareholder 
wealth over time.
•	 The Board recognises loss of shareholder 
wealth over recent years.
•	 No fixed remuneration increases for FY14 
for executive KMP.
•	 Key management personnel have agreed to 
sacrifice 10% of their fixed 2014 remuneration into 
shares in Fairfax which are restricted for two years. 
At the end of two years, if participants in the salary 
sacrifice plan are still employed by the Company 
then the Company would provide one additional 
“bonus” share for every five shares purchased from 
the participants salary sacrifice.
•	 The salary sacrifice is intended to reduce cash 
remuneration payable, while still providing a benefit 
to executives aligned with shareholder benefits.
•	 No further grants will be made under existing short 
term and long term incentive plans.
•	 Replacing the existing plans is a single transformation 
incentive scheme to be implemented for FY14 
(the Fairfax Transformation Incentive Plan (“FTIP”)).
•	 The new scheme provides the issue of long term 
options that are exercisable only if shareholder 
wealth objectives are achieved.
•	 A smaller proportion of deferred performance 
shares will be granted at the end of FY14 if specific 
business	metrics	linked	to	the	transformation	of	the	
Company have been achieved.
•	 Rewards under the FTIP will be delivered in equity 
(i.e. no cash outlay) in order to further incentivise 
growth in shareholder wealth.
•	 Any deferred performance shares earned in initial 
years are deferred, so that executives do not 
become entitled to access the equity until later 
in the transformation process.
•	 Further detail as to how the Transformation 
Incentive Plan will operate is set out below.
The Board is confident that this new remuneration structure better aligns executive rewards with our shareholders over the 
medium and longer term and provides an appropriate incentive to deliver our strategy. 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
35
The new scheme will comprise two components for our most senior executives in the 2014 financial year:
1.  a proportion of long term options; and
2.  a smaller proportion of deferred performance shares granted at the end of the year for achieving milestones in the year:
•	
in	order	to	align	the	majority	of	the	incentive	with	growth	in	shareholder	returns,	options	will	be	granted	following	our	2013	
AGM with an exercise price set at that time. These options will only vest if the absolute total shareholder return growth 
performance	condition	is	satisfied.	This	condition	will	be	tested	between	July	2016	and	June	2017.	Performance	conditions	
are set out below;
•	
•	
a	smaller	percentage	of	incentive	opportunity	will	be	in	the	form	of	deferred	performance	shares.	These	shares	will	
be granted for achieving annual milestones in the transformation strategy. These milestones will be set at the start of 
each year by the Board in line with the strategic plan. These milestones are set to reflect specific accountabilities for our 
management	including	variously	revenue,	earnings,	market	share	and	cost	reduction	targets	at	Group	and/or	business	
level. The specific targets are currently being finalised for 2014 and we will report on achievements against these targets 
and the associated outcomes in our 2014 Remuneration Report; and
in	order	to	align	the	value	of	these	rewards	with	our	longer	term	prospects,	half	of	the	shares	granted	following	testing	
of performance in 2014 will be deferred for 12 months (i.e. until 2015) and the other half for two years (i.e. until 2016). 
The shares will be forfeited if the executive resigns or is terminated for poor performance during the deferral period.
The following diagram shows how the scheme will operate and the objectives that it aims to achieve. 
In order to align the majority of the reward with growth in our share price, options will 
be granted following our 2013 AGM with an exercise price set at that time and that 
will be subject to an absolute total shareholder return growth performance condition 
that must be satisfied before they vest.
This condition will be tested between July 2016 and June 2017
July’13
July’14
July’15
July’16
Jan’17
July’17
70%
Majority of 
award delivered 
in Options
Vesting subject to achievement of longer term 
shareholder wealth objectives
30%
Remainder 
delivered in 
Performance 
Shares, subject to 
achievement of 
transformational 
objectives
If transformational 
objectives met, 
Performance 
shares granted, 
subject to deferral
50% become
unrestricted
50% become
unrestricted
In order to align the value of these 
rewards with our longer term prospects, 
half of the shares granted following testing 
of performance in 2014 will be deferred for 
12 months and the other half for two years.
The shares will be forfeited if the 
executive resigns or is terminated for poor 
performance during the derral period.
1ST TEST
2ND TEST
3RD TEST
In order to provide a degree of market competitive remuneration to our key people, deferred performance shares will be granted for 
achieving annual milestones in transformation strategy. These milestones will be:
• 
• 
set at the start of each year by the Board in line with the long range strategy (and any refinement of that strategy)
set in line with specific accountabilities for our management and reflect variously revenue, earnings, market share and cost 
reduction targets at Group and/or business level
reported (both targets and the associated outcomes) in our 2014 Remuneration Report
• 
•  under the new plan the KMP participants have an opportunity to earn up to the equivalent of 200% of their fixed remuneration 
in allocations of a combination of options and deferred performance shares. 
36
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
oPTionS HuRdleS: ABSoluTe TSR
Following	consideration	of	the	likely	forms	by	which	shareholder	wealth	may	be	generated	by	Fairfax	over	the	next	three	years	
(share price growth, ‘ordinary’ dividends and potentially ‘special’ distributions in the form of dividend or capital returns), the 
performance hurdle to apply to the vesting of the options is absolute total shareholder return growth (“Absolute TSR”). Absolute 
TSR will measure growth in shareholder wealth over the applicable performance period as it measures both share price growth 
as well as dividends to shareholders.
The applicable compound annual growth rates hurdles for the Absolute TSR are set out in the table below. 
PERFORMANCE
% EXERCISABLE
ABSOLUTE	TSR	GROWTH
Threshold
Target
Stretch
25%
50%
100%
15% CAGR
20% CAGR
25% CAGR
The Board has discretion to deem the performance conditions not met if vesting would otherwise only occur as a result 
of	extraneous	factors,	for	example	the	effect	of	sustained	speculation	regarding	a	takeover	bid	for	the	Company	on	the	
share price, which are not, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, reflective of the quality of the Company’s performance.
HuRdleS FoR deFeRRed PeRFoRMAnCe SHAReS 
Proposed metrics aligned with the business transformation strategy during 2014 are designed to drive financial growth for 
shareholders over time.
By	the	end	of	2016/17	the	Company	should	effectively	be	through	most	of	the	transformation	work.	It	should	have	achieved	a	
smaller and more variable cost base; significant transition to a predominantly digital future for major mastheads; a viable digital 
business in regional; established revenue adjacencies; Domain and Radio should be substantially larger businesses; and we 
should have optimised our portfolio of digital and transactional businesses. The specific initiatives set as the target for each of 
the 2014, 2015 and 2016 years will be different and will have potentially different weighting between the years. The intention is 
that the delivery of each of the targets in each year should deliver the overall transition by 2016/17.
Appropriate metrics will be set at the start of each new financial year. This aims to ensure that, as the transition develops, there 
will be enough flexibility to respond along the way and moderate, change or introduce new measures that will give confidence 
that the plan will operate effectively. All measures will be clearly defined and measurable.
FACiliTy FoR kMP SAlARy SACRiFiCe inTo SHAReS 
Executive KMP members have voluntarily agreed to salary sacrifice 10% of their fixed remuneration for the purchase of 
Company shares in 2014.
In order to recognise that executives who elect to participate in the salary sacrifice have given up some of their cash 
remuneration	entitlement	to	have	‘skin	in	the	game,’	the	Company	provides	a	part	matching	offer.	
Pursuant to this offer, at the end of two years, assuming that the participant in the salary sacrifice plan is still employed by Fairfax, 
the Company would provide 1 additional ‘bonus’ share for every 5 shares acquired under the salary sacrifice arrangements. 
5.  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (KMP)
During	the	financial	year,	the	business	undertook	an	organisational	restructure	which	resulted	in	a	number	of	changes	to	roles	
and responsibilities. This resulted in a change in the people having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the organisation.
The	key	management	personnel	(KMP)	for	the	financial	year	are	set	out	in	Table	3.
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
37
Table 3 
NAME 
non-executive directors
Roger Corbett 
Michael Anderson 
Jack	Cowin	
Sandra McPhee 
James	Millar	
Sam Morgan 
Linda Nicholls 
Peter Young 
executive director
Greg Hywood
other executives
David Housego
Gail Hambly
Allen	Williams
Former executives
Brian Cassell
ROLE
Non-Executive Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer (effective from 3 December)
Group General Counsel/Company Secretary
Managing Director, Australian Publishing Media
Chief Financial Officer (until 3 December)
6.  REMUNERATION OF EXECUTIVE KMP
6.1  PeRFoRMAnCe-BASed SHoRT-TeRM inCenTiVeS (“BonuS PAyMenTS”) FoR SenioR exeCuTiVeS
As the 2013 incentive gate target was not met, no STI is payable to KMP for the financial year. 
The Board reviewed the Group’s STI arrangements during the year and determined to wind up the existing Plan. 
The following table sets out how the Group’s STI arrangements operated during the 2013 financial year. 
Table 4 
DETAIL OF 2013 STI ARRANGEMENTS
What is the STi? 
What were the performance 
measures and why were 
they chosen?
Annual bonus payments for senior executives with an emphasis on the achievement of annual financial 
performance	criteria	for	the	Group	as	well	as	specific	strategic	and	operational	criteria.	For	key	senior	executives	
other than the CEO, the bonus criteria were set by the P&CC. Bonus criteria for the CEO were set by the Board. 
For the 2013 financial year, an incentive gate applied which required a threshold level of financial performance 
to be achieved before any bonuses became payable. The incentive gate was set at the achievement of the 
Group’s budgeted EBIT. This was not achieved in 2013 so no STI was paid.
Three components applied in respect of FY13.
LEVEL 
Corporate Level (50%)
Business Unit Level (25%)
Strategic Level (25%)
COMPONENT 
drives corporate financial results (EBIT) and encourages 
senior	management	to	work	together	for	the	overall	
benefit of the Group
drives business unit financial and other operational metrics 
to encourage team behaviour (e.g. EBIT, cost reductions, 
audience,	market	position	and	revenue)
indicators of future Group, business unit and personal 
success (delivery against milestones and personal 
development) to drive the delivery of the Corporate strategy.
What could executives earn 
under the STi?
Each senior executive had a target opportunity depending on the accountabilities of the role and impact on 
Company or business unit performance. There are two levels of performance: 
PERFORMANCE LEVEL
OPPORTUNITY
“on-target”	performance	–	e.g.	for	EBIT	the	“on-
target” performance is typically achievement of 
budget or prior year
“maximum”	performance	–	requires	stretching	
performance targets to be met.
CEO	–	75%	of	fixed	remuneration
Other	executive	KMP	–	45%	of	fixed	remuneration
CEO	–	150%	of	fixed	remuneration
Other	executive	KMP	–	90%	of	fixed	remuneration
38
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
DETAIL OF 2013 STI ARRANGEMENTS
did the STi provide 
for deferral?
How is performance 
then assessed?
To what extent were 
performance conditions 
met during the year?
The STI provided for a cash payment and a component deferred into shares (Deferred Component). 
Any amounts earned from the Strategic component and 50% of any amounts earned above “on-target” 
performance for Corporate and Business Unit performance would be deferred into shares. The balance of the 
bonus is paid to the senior executive as cash.
Any Deferred Shares awarded are required to be held in the Trust for two years (as the STI has been earned 
by the executive, dividends are paid on the shares during this period).
Commencing	in	the	2013	financial	year,	the	Deferred	Component	was	subject	to	a	claw-back	provision.	This	
means that the Board may exercise its discretion to reduce or cancel shares subject to trading restrictions in 
fairness to all parties where a senior executive has engaged in fraud or gross misconduct, or where material 
risk	or	financial-related	information	has	come	to	light	since	the	grant	of	the	deferred	equity	and	the	Board	
subsequently considers that the initial grant was not justified. 
As the financial gateway was not met for FY13, no Deferred Shares were awarded.
At the end of the financial year, actual performance is assessed against the measures set at the beginning 
of the year. 
The 2013 incentive gate target was not met and therefore no short term incentives were paid to executives 
in respect of the financial year.
In the 2013 financial year, the KMP performance based short-term incentive opportunity and outcomes are set out below:
SuMMARy oF THe STi FoR THe 2013 FinAnCiAl yeAR
Table 5
NAME
Greg Hywood
David Housego (2)
Brian Cassell
Gail Hambly
Allen	Williams
MAXIMUM OPPORTUNITY
 -PERFORMANCE-BASED 
SHORT-TERM INCENTIVES (1)
% OF MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY EARNED
% OF MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY FORFEITED
150%
90%
90%
90%
90%
0%
23%
0%
0%
0%
100%
77%
100%
100%
100%
1)  As a percentage of Fixed Remuneration.
2)  As part of his recruitment arrangements Mr Housego was entitled to a one off payment of $100,000 at the end of the FY13 subject 
to achievement of performance goals.
6.2  lonG TeRM equiTy-BASed inCenTiVe SCHeMe (lTi) 
The 2009 LTI grant was tested at the end of the performance period this year, and did not vest. 
The Board reviewed the Group’s LTI arrangements during the year, and determined to wind up the Plan as it currently operates. 
The following table sets out how the Group’s LTI arrangements operated during the 2013 financial year. 
Table 6
DETAIL OF LTI ARRANGEMENTS
What was the lTi and 
who participates?
Senior	executives	whose	roles	and	skills	are	critical	to	the	strategy	of	the	Group	were	eligible	to	participate	in	
the Company’s equity-based LTI.
The LTI aims to reward executives for creating growth in shareholder value.
How is the lTi grant 
determined?
For 2013, participants in the LTI received an allocation of performance rights (rights) which allow the executive 
to acquire shares for no consideration subject to achievement of the performance hurdles. No dividends are 
payable to participants on the unvested rights.
The number of rights to which a participant is entitled depends on the participant’s role and responsibilities. 
Allocations were set at a fixed percentage of the executive’s Fixed Remuneration at the time they participate in 
the LTI scheme. The value of the rights at the time of allocation is determined by an independent external valuer.
In the allocations for the 2008 to 2012 financial years, participants in the LTI received an allocation of 
Company shares. The shares were allocated to the executives and held by the trustee in trust until the 
performance conditions are met and the allocation vests, or is forfeited. Details of these awards are set out in 
the Company’s 2012 remuneration report available at www.fairfaxmedia.com.au 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
39
DETAIL OF LTI ARRANGEMENTS
What is the 
performance period?
What are the performance 
hurdles?
Three years.
For allocations prior to 2013, if an allocation does not vest at the end of the three year period, a re-test of 
the performance hurdles will occur at the end of the fourth. This re-test was removed in respect of the 2013 
allocation.
Two	performance	hurdles	apply	to	the	2013	allocation,	both	linked	to	the	Company’s	return	to	shareholders.	
Fifty percent of the allocation will vest on achievement by the Company of the total shareholder return 
(TSR) target.
TSR will be measured against the S&P/ASX 300 Consumer Discretionary Index and vest as described in the 
table below 
TSR PERFORMANCE
Below 50th percentile
50th percentile
50th to 75th percentile
Above 75th percentile
% OF ALLOCATION THAT VESTS
Nil
50% of allocation
Vest on a straight line basis
100%
The other 50% of the allocation will vest if the Company achieves the earnings per share (EPS) target. 
EPS will be measured by the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of the Company’s EPS and vesting will be 
according to the table below: 
EPS PERFORMANCE
Less than 7% CAGR
7% CAGR
7% to 10% CAGR
10% CAGR or above
% OF ALLOCATION THAT VESTS
Nil
25%
Vest on a straight line basis 
100%
The base case to be used for the EPS performance hurdle test for the 2013 allocation of rights will be the 
underlying 2012 financial year EPS of 8.7 cents per share as set out in the Fairfax Media 2012 Annual Report. 
Underlying EPS is calculated excluding significant items which are set out in note 4 to the 2012 financial year 
audited accounts. In order to be consistent, underlying EPS will also be used at the test date.
What happens in the event 
of a change of control?
The Board has discretion regarding vesting.
What happens if the executive 
ceases employment?
If an executive resigns, unvested allocations will, in general, be forfeited. On termination for misconduct, 
allocations will be forfeited.
If an executive is terminated without cause, for example made redundant or dies or is permanently disabled, 
then vesting will be at the Board’s discretion
STATuS And key dATeS – unVeSTed lTi SCHeMe 
Table 7 
GRANT DATE
AWARD	INSTRUMENT
18	January	2008
Performance Shares
26 August 2008
Performance Shares
23	June	2010
Performance Shares
17 November 2010
Performance Shares
13 September 2011
Performance Shares
PERFORMANCE 
TESTING	WINDOW
EXPIRY DATE  
(IF HURDLE NOT MET)*
AWARD	STILL	ELIGIBLE	FOR	VESTING?
1	July	2007	–	 
30	June	2010
1	July	2008	–	 
30	June	2011
1	July	2009	–	 
30	June	2012
1	July	2010	–	 
30	June	2013
1	July	2011	–	 
30	June	2014
30	June	2011
30	June	2012
30	June	2013
No.**
No.**
No.**
30	June	2014
In re-testing period. 
30	June	2015
Base EPS was FY10 = 11.8c. Retest 
minimum target FY14 = 15.5c
Performance testing window not yet 
commenced
Base EPS FY11 = 11.6c. Three year test 
minimum FY14 = 14.2c. Minimum retest 
FY15 = 15.2c
 
 
40
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
GRANT DATE
AWARD	INSTRUMENT
31 October 2012
Performance Rights
PERFORMANCE 
TESTING	WINDOW
1	July	2012	–	 
30	June	2015
EXPIRY DATE  
(IF HURDLE NOT MET)*
30	June	2016
AWARD	STILL	ELIGIBLE	FOR	VESTING?
Performance testing window not yet 
commenced.
Base EPS FY12 = 8.7c. Three year test 
minimum FY15 = 10.7c. Minimum retest 
FY16 = 11.4c.
*  Retest of conditions performed in the fourth year in respect of LTI allocations prior to 2013, if performance hurdle is not met in the initial 
performance testing window. Performance is re-tested over the 4 year period. 
**  Shares have been forfeited.
6.3  ReMuneRATion oF key MAnAGeMenT PeRSonnel 
This table sets out details of remuneration during the financial year.
Table 8
G	Hywood	–	Chief	Executive	
Officer
D	Housego	–	Chief	Financial	
Officer (1)
G	Hambly	–	Group	General	
Counsel & Company Secretary
A	Williams	–	Managing	Director	
Australian Publishing Media (2)
B	Cassell	–	Chief	Financial	
Officer (3)
C	Maher	–	Director	of	
Strategy and Corporate 
Development (4) (5)
A	Lam-Po-Tang	–	Chief	
Information Officer and 
Director Group Services (4)
M	Williams	–	Group	Director	
Human Resources (4)
ToTAl
BASE SALARY,
 TERMINATION &
 OTHER BENEFITS
CASH 
BONUS
SUPER-
ANNUATION
LONG SERVICE
 LEAVE EXPENSE
TOTAL 
EXCLUDING
 SHARES/RIGHTS
VALUE OF
SHARES/
RIGHTS (6)
TOTAL 
INCLUDING
 SHARES/RIGHTS
2013
2012
2013
2013
2012
2013
2013
2012
2012
1,575,000
1,551,846
–
420,000
464,166
100,000
554,210
542,189
184,083
–
190,000
–
274,411
726,847
–
225,000
337,174
110,000
25,000
48,077
26,923
70,790
69,235
2,885
9,615
48,077
28,916
11,239
5,084
1,611,239
2,025,007
371,468
333,548
–
591,089
250,556
1,982,707
2,358,555
841,645
10,830
29,486
2,966
14,654
24,167
10,910
635,830
830,910
189,934
298,680
1,024,091
487,000
82,366
107,360
125,537
(79,828)
138,989
47,483
718,196
938,270
315,471
218,852
1,163,080
534,483
2012
217,361
150,000
19,562
–
386,923
–
386,923
2012
306,768
95,000
26,316
18,520
446,604
38,063
484,667
2013
2012
3,051,870
3,682,185
100,000
1,190,000
135,213
240,183
39,689
88,167
3,326,772
5,200,535
750,099
665,443
4,076,871
5,865,978
1)  D Housego commenced with the Company in the role of Chief Financial Officer (CFO) on the 3 December 2012 (with an annual fixed 
remuneration of $825,000). As part of his recruitment arrangements Mr Housego was entitled to a one off payment of $100,000 at the 
end of FY13 subject to achievement of performance goals.
2)	 A	Williams	met	the	definition	of	a	KMP	on	his	appointment	as	Managing	Director	Australian	Publishing	Media	on	4	April	2013	(with	an	
annual	fixed	remuneration	of	$775,000).	Prior	to	this	Mr	Williams	was	the	CEO	of	Fairfax	New	Zealand.
3)  B Cassell retired from the position of CFO on 3 December and was no longer deemed to be KMP.
4)	 Following	the	structural	changes	within	the	group	this	person	no	longer	met	the	definition	of	a	KMP	since	25	June	2012.
5)  C Maher resigned on 12 October 2012.
6)  Amount includes the amortised cost of the fair value of rights to shares issued but not yet vested. Credits relate to the reversal of the prior 
years amortised cost following forfeiture due to departure. No Deferred Component of the annual bonus was paid.
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
41
RiGHTS GRAnTed To exeCuTiVeS WHo ARe key MAnAGeMenT PeRSonnel duRinG THe PeRFoRMAnCe yeAR 
Table 9
G	Hywood	–	Chief	Executive	Officer
D	Housego	–	Chief	Financial	Officer
G	Hambly	–	Group	General	Counsel	
& Company Secretary
A	Williams	–	Managing	Director	
Australian Publishing Media
PERFORMANCE 
CONDITION(1)
NUMBER OF RIGHTS 
GRANTED(2)
FAIR VALUE 
PER RIGHTS(3)
MAXIMUM VALUE
OF GRANT(4)
TSR
EPS
TSR
EPS
TSR
EPS
TSR
EPS
4,444,444
4,444,444
1,833,333
1,833,333
1,041,667
1,041,667
918,562
918,562
$0.08
$0.35
$0.09
$0.40
$0.09
$0.40
$0.09
$0.40
$355,556
$1,555,555
$1,911,111
$165,000
$733,333
$898,333
$93,750
$416,667
$510,417
$82,670
$367,425
$450,095
The maximum value of unvested shares in the LTI plans for FY10, FY11, and FY12 is $1,971,843. The minimum total value of all unvested shares 
for all plan years is nil.
1)  LTI rights are subject to performance hurdles that are outlined in section 6.2. Rights to LTI shares lapse where the applicable performance 
conditions are not satisfied on testing. As the LTI rights only vest on satisfaction of performance conditions which are to be tested in future 
fiscal periods, fiscal 2013 LTI shares have not yet been forfeited or vested.
2)  The rights granted to Executives constituted their full LTI entitlement for fiscal 2013 and were made on 17 September 2012 and 24 October 
2012 for the CEO subject to the terms summarised in section 6.2. 
3)  Fair value per LTI share was calculated by independent consultants PwC as at the grant date of 17 September 2012 and 24 October 2012.
4)  The maximum value of the grant has been estimated based on the fair value per instrument. The minimum total value of the grant is nil 
(this assumes none of the applicable performance conditions are met). The maximum value has been calculated to be nil for Executives 
who have departed during the period.
6.4  ReTiReMenT BeneFiTS FoR exeCuTiVeS
Except for a very small number of long serving executives who are members of a defined benefit superannuation plan, 
retirement benefits are delivered through contribution accumulation superannuation plans. The defined benefit funds (which 
are closed to new entrants) provides defined lump sum benefits based on years of service, retirement age and the executive’s 
remuneration at the time of retirement.
6.5   loAnS To diReCToRS And key MAnAGeMenT PeRSonnel
During	the	year	ended	30	June	2013,	there	were	no	loans	to	Directors	or	to	key	management	personnel	(2012:	nil).	
6.6  HedGinG RiSk on SeCuRiTieS FoRMinG PART oF ReMuneRATion
The rules of the Fairfax Employee Share Plans prohibit employees from creating any encumbrance on unvested share rights. 
Under the Board approved Fairfax Securities Trading Policy, the Directors and certain senior employees are not permitted 
to enter a financial transaction (whether through a derivative, hedge or other arrangement) which would operate to limit the 
economic	risk	of	an	employee’s	holding	of	unvested	Company	securities	which	have	been	allocated	to	the	employee	as	part	
of	his	or	her	remuneration.	Employees	who	are	found	not	to	have	complied	with	the	Securities	Trading	Policy	risk	disciplinary	
sanctions which may include termination of employment.
6.7  ClAW-BACk
Currently,	the	deferred	component	of	the	STI	is	subject	to	a	claw-back	provision.	This	means	that	the	Board	may	exercise	its	
discretion to reduce or cancel shares in fairness to all parties where a senior executive has engaged in fraud or gross misconduct, 
or	where	material	risk	or	financial-related	information	has	come	to	light	since	the	grant	of	the	deferred	equity	and	the	Board	
subsequently considers that the initial grant was not justified. No deferred shares have been earned under the existing STI.
The	Board	proposes	to	incorporate	a	similar	ability	to	claw	back	a	proportion	of	incentives	under	the	new	plan	being	
implemented during 2014. 
42
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
7.  EXECUTIVE SERVICE AGREEMENTS 
The remuneration and other terms of employment for the executive KMP are set out in written agreements. These service 
agreements	are	unlimited	in	term	but	may	be	terminated	by	written	notice	by	either	party	or	by	the	Company	making	payment	
in lieu of notice. They may also be terminated with cause as set out below. Each agreement sets out the Fixed Remuneration, 
performance-related bonus opportunities, termination rights and obligations and eligibility to participate in the LTI.
Key details of executive service agreements are set out below. 
7.1 TeRMinATion oF eMPloyMenT WiTH noTiCe oR WiTH PAyMenT in lieu oF noTiCe 
The Company may terminate the employment of the executive at any time by giving the executive notice of termination or 
payment in lieu of such notice. The amount of notice required from the Company in these circumstances is set out in the table 
below.	If	the	Company	elects	to	make	payment	in	lieu	of	all	or	part	of	the	required	notice,	the	payment	is	calculated	on	the	basis	
of fixed remuneration excluding bonuses and non-cash incentives.
Also set out in the table below is the notice that the executive is required to give. 
Table 10
NAME OF EXECUTIVE
COMPANY TERMINATION 
NOTICE PERIOD
EMPLOYEE TERMINATION 
NOTICE PERIOD
POST-EMPLOYMENT RESTRAINT
Greg Hywood
12 months
6 months
12 month no solicitation of employees or clients
David Housego
12 months
4 months
12 month no solicitation of employees or clients
6	months	no	work	for	a	competitor	of	the	Fairfax	Group
6	months	no	work	for	a	competitor	of	the	Fairfax	Group
Gail Hambly (1) 
18 months
3 months
12 month no solicitation of employees or clients
6	months	no	work	for	a	competitor	of	the	Fairfax	Group
Allen	Williams
12 months
6 months
12 month no solicitation of employees or clients
6	months	no	work	for	a	competitor	of	the	Fairfax	Group
(1)  Participant in the Fairfax defined benefit superannuation scheme.
7.2  TeRMinATion oF eMPloyMenT WiTHouT noTiCe 
The Company may terminate the employment of the executive without notice and without payment in lieu of notice in some 
circumstances. Generally this includes if the executive:
a)  commits an act of serious misconduct
b)  commits a material breach of the executive service agreement
c) 
is charged with any criminal offence which, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, may embarrass or bring the Fairfax 
Group into disrepute, or
d)  unreasonably refuses to carry out his or her duties including complying with reasonable, material and lawful directions 
from the Company.
8.  REMUNERATION OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
Under the Fairfax Constitution, the aggregate remuneration of Non-Executive Directors is set by resolution of shareholders. 
The aggregate was last reviewed by shareholders at the 2010 Annual General Meeting and set at $2,100,000 per annum. 
Within	this	limit,	the	Board	annually	reviews	Directors’	remuneration	with	advice	from	the	P&CC.	The	Board	also	considers	
survey data on Directors’ fees paid by comparable companies, and any independent expert advice commissioned. 
The Board resolved that there would be no increase in Directors’ fees in 2013. 
The	Board	also	resolved	that	fees	will	no	longer	be	paid	for	Nominations	Committee	membership	effective	1	January	2013.	
The	Chairman	of	the	Board	agreed	to	a	reduction	in	his	Directors	fees	from	1	January	2013	by	$35,970.	
All	Directors	have	also	agreed	to	reduce	Directors’	base	fees	by	a	further	10%	from	1	July	2013.	
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
43
Board and committee fees payable as at the date of this report are as follows:
Table 11
Chairman of the Board*
Other Non-Executive Director
Chair	of	Audit	and	Risk	Committee
Members	of	Audit	and	Risk	Committee
Chair of People and Culture Committee 
Members of People and Culture Committee 
Chair of the Nominations Committee
Members of Nominations Committee
Chair of the Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility Committee
Members of Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility Committee
*The Chairman of the Board does not receive committee fees for membership of Committees.
The fees above do not include statutory superannuation payments.
8.1  ReTiReMenT BeneFiTS FoR non-exeCuTiVe diReCToRS
Other than superannuation contributions made on behalf of Non-Executive Directors in accordance with statutory 
requirements, Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to any retirement benefits.
8.2  non-exeCuTiVe diReCToRS’ FeeS 
The following table outlines fees paid to Non-Executive Directors during the financial year. 
Table 12
M Anderson (1)
R Corbett (2)
J	Cowin	(3)
J	Millar	(4)
S McPhee
S Morgan
L Nicholls
P Young
directors
BASE SALARY, BONUS 
& OTHER BENEFITS
NON-EXECUTIVE
 DIRECTORS FEES
SUPERANNUATION
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2013
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
180,290
119,296
380,500
397,000
136,178
148,869
185,000
175,156
142,579
130,000
174,000
174,000
184,000
212,678
1,531,416
1,208,130
29,644
35,931
34,245
35,730
12,256
13,398
16,650
15,764
12,832
11,700
15,660
15,660
16,560
10,763
151,245
125,548
$
327,600
117,000
39,600
29,700
29,700
19,800
0
0 
29,700
19,800
TOTAL
209,934
155,227
414,745
432,730
148,434
162,267
201,650
190,920
155,411
141,700
189,660
189,660
200,560
223,441
1,682,661
1,333,678
1)	 M	Anderson	took	part	in	a	strategic	review	of	advertising	sales	across	the	Group	from	1	March	2013	to	31	May	2013	and	acted	as	Executive	
Chairman of Fairfax Radio from 27 October 2011 to 1 March 2012. He received salary of $149,083 (2012: $279,942) for these services. 
2)	 R	Corbett	agreed	to	reduce	his	Directors	fees	by	$35,970	from	1	January	2013
3)	 J	Cowin	was	appointed	on	19	July	2012
4)	 J	Millar	was	appointed	on	1	July	2012
44
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
9.  FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY IN KEY SHAREHOLDER VALUE MEASURES 
The	financial	performance	of	the	Company	in	key	shareholder	value	measures	over	the	past	five	years	is	shown	below.	
Table 13
Underlying operating revenue
Underlying net profit after tax
Earnings per share after significant items
Dividends per share
*Total Shareholder Returns (TSR)
IFRS 2013 (1)
IFRS 2012
IFRS 2011
IFRS 2010
IFRS 2009
$m 
$m 
Cents 
Cents 
% 
2,074
143.5
5.4
2.0
(3.4)
2,328
212.0
8.7
3.0
(40.5)
2,466
285.0
11.6
3.0
(23.9)
2,482
290.7
11.8
2.5
11.3
2,600
241.3
12.4
2.0
(52.1)
*	TSR	comprises	share	price	appreciation	and	dividends,	gross	of	franking	credits,	reinvested	in	the	shares.	Source:	Bloomberg.
1) Trade Me revenue has been included in 2013 for comparative purposes up to the date of sale on 21 December 2012 (refer note 5) 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
45
The Company’s compliance with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations, 2nd edition (“ASX Recommendations”) is set out in the following table.
COMPLIANCE
PAGES
Principle 1: lay solid foundations for management and oversight
1.1
Establish the functions reserved to the Board and those delegated to senior executives and disclose 
those functions
1.2
1.3
Disclose the process for evaluating the performance of senior executives
Provide the information indicated in the Guide to reporting on Principle 1
Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value
2.1
A majority of the Board should be independent Directors
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
The chair should be an independent Director
The roles of chair and Chief Executive Officer should not be exercised by the same individual
The Board should establish a nomination committee
Disclose the process for evaluating the performance of the Board, its committees and individual Directors
Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 2
Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible decision making
3.1
Establish a code of conduct and disclose the code or a summary of the code as to:
•	 the practices necessary to maintain confidence in the Company’s integrity
•	 the	practices	necessary	to	take	into	account	legal	obligations	and	the	reasonable	expectations	
of shareholders, and
•	 the responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of 
unethical practices
Establish a policy concerning diversity and disclose the policy or a summary of that policy 
Disclose the measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by the Board in accordance with the 
diversity policy and progress towards achieving them
Disclose the proportion of women employees in the whole organisation, women in senior executive 
positions and women on the Board
Provide the information indicated in the Guide to reporting on Principle 3
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in financial reporting
The Board should establish an audit committee
4.1
4.2
Structure the audit committee so that it:
•	 consists of only Non-Executive Directors
•	 consists of a majority of independent Directors
•	
is chaired by an independent chair, who is not chair of the Board, and
•	 has at least three members.
The audit committee should have a formal charter
Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 4
4.3
4.4
Principle 5: Make timely and balanced disclosure
5.1
Establish written policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure 
requirements and to ensure accountability at a senior executive level for that compliance and disclose those 
policies or a summary of those policies
5.2
Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 5
Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders
6.1
Design a communications policy for promoting effective communication with shareholders and 
encouraging their participation at general meetings and disclose the policy or a summary of the policy
6.2
Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 6
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
46
31	–	42
31	–42,	46
47
47
47
47
47
22	–	23,	
26, 47, 48
48
53
53
53
48, 53
47
47
49
26, 49
50
50
50
50
46
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk
7.1
Companies	should	establish	policies	for	the	oversight	and	management	of	material	business	risks	and	
disclose a summary of those policies
7.2
7.3
Board	should	require	management	to	design	and	implement	the	risk	management	and	internal	control	
system	to	manage	the	company’s	material	business	risks	and	report	to	it	on	whether	those	risks	are	being	
managed effectively. The Board should disclose that management has reported to it as to the effectiveness 
of	the	Company’s	management	of	its	material	business	risks
Board should disclose whether it has received assurance from the Chief Executive (or equivalent) that 
the declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act is founded on a sound 
system	of	risk	management	and	internal	control	and	that	the	system	is	operating	effectively	in	all	material	
respects	in	relation	to	financial	reporting	risks
7.4
Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 7
Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly
8.1
The Board should establish a remuneration committee
8.2
8.3
8.4
The remuneration committee should be structured so that it consists of a majority of independent directors, 
is chaired by an independent director and has at least three members
Clearly distinguish the structure of Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration from that of executive Directors 
and senior executives
Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 8
COMPLIANCE
PAGES
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
50, 51
50, 51
50, 51
50, 51
47
47
31	–43
26, 32,  
41, 52
The	key	corporate	governance	principles	of	the	Fairfax	Group	are	set	out	below.	This	section	contains	summaries	of	the	Fairfax	
Board Charter, Nomination Committee Charter, Code of Conduct, Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility Committee 
Charter,	Audit	and	Risk	Committee	Charter,	Charter	of	Audit	Independence,	policy	on	market	disclosure	and	shareholder	
communications,	risk	management	policy,	securities	trading	policy	(including	policy	on	hedging	unvested	securities	issued	
as part of remuneration) and the Diversity Policy and data. The People and Culture Committee Charter is summarised in the 
Remuneration Report.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors is responsible for the long-term growth and profitability of the Group.
The Board has adopted a Board Charter which sets out the responsibilities of the Board and its structure and governance 
requirements. Under the Board Charter, the responsibilities of the Board are to:
(a)  set the strategic direction of the Fairfax Group
(b)	 provide	overall	policy	guidance	and	ensure	that	policies	and	procedures	for	corporate	governance	and	risk	management	
are in place to ensure shareholder funds are prudently managed and that the Group complies with its regulatory obligations 
and ethical standards
(c)  set and monitor performance against the financial objectives and performance targets for the Group
(d)  determine the terms of employment and review the performance of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
(e)	 set	and	monitor	the	Group’s	programs	for	succession	planning	and	key	executive	development	with	the	aim	to	ensure	these	
programs are effective
(f)  approve acquisitions and disposals of assets, businesses and expenditure above set monetary limits, and
(g)  approve the issue of securities and entry into material finance arrangements, including loans and debt issues.
Subject to the specific authorities reserved to the Board under the Board Charter, and to the authorities delegated to the 
Board committees, the Board has delegated to the CEO responsibility for the management and operation of the Fairfax Group. 
The CEO is responsible for the day-to-day operations, financial performance and administration of the Fairfax Group within 
the	powers	authorised	to	him	from	time-to-time	by	the	Board.	The	CEO	may	make	further	delegation	within	the	delegations	
specified by the Board and is accountable to the Board for the exercise of these delegated powers.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
47
Membership of the Board and its committees at the date of this report is set out below.
DIRECTOR
R Corbett
G Hywood
M Anderson
J	Cowin
S McPhee
J	Millar
S Morgan
L Nicholls
P Young
MEMBERSHIP TYPE
Independent Chair
CEO/Managing Director
Independent
Independent
Independent
Independent
Independent
Independent
Independent
COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
AUDIT AND RISK
NOMINATIONS
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Member
Chair 
–
–
–
–
Member
–
Chair
Member
–
–
–
–
Member
–
Member
Member
Member
–
Member 
Member
Chair
–
–
–
–
SUSTAINABILITY 
AND CORPORATE 
RESPONSIBILITY
Member
–
Chair
–
Member
–
Member
–
–
The	qualifications	and	other	details	of	each	member	of	the	Board	are	set	out	on	pages	22	–	23	of	this	report.
Except for the Chief Executive Officer, all Directors (including the Chair) are considered by the Board to be independent, 
Non-Executive Directors.
The Constitution authorises the Board to appoint Directors to vacancies and to elect the Chair. One third of Directors (excluding 
the Chief Executive Officer and a Director appointed to fill a casual vacancy and rounded down to the nearest whole number) 
must retire at every Annual General Meeting. Other than the Chief Executive Officer, no Director may remain in office for more 
than three years or the third annual general meeting following appointment without resigning and being re-elected. Any 
Director appointed by the Board must stand for election at the next general meeting of shareholders.
Any	Director	may	seek	independent	professional	advice	at	the	Company’s	expense.	Prior	approval	by	the	Chair	is	required,	but	
approval must not be unreasonably withheld.
The Board has a Nominations Committee which reviews potential Board candidates as required. The Committee is comprised 
of	Non-Executive	Independent	Directors.	The	Committee	may	seek	expert	external	advice	on	suitable	candidates.	
The Board has adopted a formal Nominations Committee Charter. Under the Charter, the purpose of the Committee is 
to identify individuals qualified to become Board members and recommend them for nomination to the Board and its 
Committees; to ensure Board members’ performance is reviewed regularly and to recommend changes from time to time to 
ensure	the	Board	has	an	appropriate	mix	of	skills	and	experience.
The Committee uses the following principles to recommend candidates and provide advice and other 
recommendations to the Board:
•	 a majority of the Directors and the Chair should be independent, and
•	 the Board should represent a broad range of expertise consistent with the Company’s strategic focus.
Duties of the Nominations Committee include:
•	 making	recommendations	to	the	Board	on	the	size	and	composition	of	the	Board
•	 identifying	and	recommending	individuals	qualified	to	be	Board	members,	taking	into	account	such	factors	as	it	
deems appropriate
•	 identifying Board members qualified to fill vacancies on the Committees
•	 recommending the appropriate process for the evaluation of the performance of each director and the Board, and
•	 other duties delegated to it from time to time relating to nomination of Board or Committee members or 
corporate governance.
The	Board	conducts	a	review	of	its	structure,	composition	and	performance	annually.	The	Board	may	seek	external	advice	to	
assist in the review process. During this financial year a review of Board performance was conducted by the Chairman with the 
Non Executive Directors participating.
48
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Under the Board Charter, the majority of the Board and the Chair must be independent. A Director must notify the 
Company about any conflict of interest, potential material relationship with the Company or circumstance relevant to his/
her independence.
Directors have determined that all Directors except the Chief Executive Officer are independent. In assessing whether a Director 
is independent, the Board has considered Directors’ obligations to shareholders, the requirements of applicable laws and 
regulations, criteria set out in the Board Charter and the ASX Recommendations. The Board has not set specific materiality 
thresholds, considering it more effective to assess any relationship on its merits on a case-by-case basis, and where appropriate, 
with the assistance of external advice. 
The ASX Recommendations, in summary, state that the Board should consider whether the Director:
•	 is a substantial shareholder or officer or associated with a substantial shareholder of the Company
•	 was employed in an executive capacity by the Group within the last three years
•	 within the last three years, was a principal of a material professional adviser or a material consultant or an employee materially 
associated with a service
•	 is, or is associated with a material supplier or customer of the Group, and
•	 has a material contractual relationship with the Group other than as a Director.
CODE OF CONDUCT
All Directors, managers and employees are required to act honestly and with integrity.
The Company has developed and communicated to all employees and Directors the Fairfax Code of Conduct. The Code 
assists in upholding ethical standards and conducting business in accordance with applicable laws. The Code also sets out the 
responsibility of individuals for reporting Code breaches.
The Fairfax Code of Conduct aims to:
•	 provide clear guidance on the Company’s values and expectations while acting as a representative of Fairfax
•	 promote minimum ethical behavioural standards and expectations across the Group, all business units and locations
•	 offer guidance for shareholders, customers, readers, suppliers and the wider community on our values, standards and 
expectations,	and	what	it	means	to	work	for	Fairfax
•	 raise employee awareness of acceptable and unacceptable behaviour and provide a means to assist in avoiding any real or 
perceived misconduct.
Supporting the Code of Conduct is the Company’s range of guidelines and policies. These policies are posted on the Company 
intranet, are communicated to employees at the time of employment and are reinforced by training programs.
The Code of Conduct is a set of general principles relating to employment with Fairfax, covering the following areas:
•	 business	integrity	–	conducting	business	with	honesty,	integrity	and	fairness;	reporting	concerns	without	fear	of	punishment;	
making	public	comments	about	the	Company	and	disclosing	real	or	potential	conflicts	of	interest
•	 professional	practice	–	dealings	in	Fairfax	shares;	disclosing	financial	interests;	protecting	Company	assets	and	property;	
maintaining	privacy	and	confidentiality;	undertaking	employment	outside	Fairfax;	personal	advantage,	gifts	and	inducements,	
recruitment and selection; and Company reporting
•	 health, safety and environment
•	 Equal Employment Opportunity and anti-harassment
•	 compliance with Company policies, and
•	 implementation of and compliance with the Code of Conduct.
The Code of Conduct is to be read in conjunction with the codes of ethics for each masthead and the other Fairfax policies as 
amended from time to time.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
49
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
The	Audit	and	Risk	Committee	operates	in	accordance	with	a	Charter	which	sets	out	its	role	and	functions.	In	summary,	the	
Committee’s	role	is	to	advise	and	assist	the	Board	on	the	establishment	and	maintenance	of	a	framework	of	risk	management,	
internal controls and ethical standards for the management of the Fairfax Group and to monitor the quality and reliability of 
financial information for the Group. To carry out this role, the Committee:
•	 recommends to the Board the appointment of the external auditor, reviews its performance, independence and effectiveness, 
approves the auditor’s fee arrangements and enforces the Company’s Charter of Audit Independence
•	 ensures that appropriate systems of control are in place to effectively safeguard assets
•	 ensures accounting records are maintained in accordance with statutory and accounting requirements
•	 monitors systems designed to ensure financial statements and other information provided to shareholders is timely, 
reliable and accurate
•	 formulates	policy	for	Board	approval	and	oversees	key	finance	and	treasury	functions
•	 formulates	and	oversees	an	effective	business	risk	plan
•	 ensures appropriate policies and procedures are in place for compliance with all legal, regulatory and ASX requirements
•	 monitors compliance with regulatory and ethical requirements
•	 reviews the external audit process with the external auditor, including in the absence of management
•	 reviews the performance of internal audit
•	 reviews and approves the internal audit plan and receives summaries of significant reports by internal audit
•	 meets with the Internal Audit Manager including in the absence of management if considered necessary, and 
•	 does anything else it considers necessary to carry out the above functions.
Under its Charter, all members of the Committee must be Non-Executive Directors. Executives may attend by invitation. The 
Chair of the Committee is required to be independent and have relevant financial expertise and may not be the Chair of the 
Board.	The	members	of	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee	and	details	of	their	attendance	at	Committee	meetings	are	set	out	
on page 26. The Chair of the Committee may, at the Company’s expense, obtain external advice, or obtain assistance and 
information from officers of the Group, or engage other support as reasonably required from time to time.
CHARTER OF AUDIT INDEPENDENCE
The	Board	has	also	adopted	a	Charter	of	Audit	Independence.	The	purpose	of	this	Charter	is	to	provide	a	framework	for	the	
Board and management to ensure that the external auditor is both independent and seen to be independent. The purpose of 
an independent statutory audit is to provide shareholders with reliable and clear financial reports on which to base investment 
decisions.	The	Charter	sets	out	key	commitments	by	the	Board	and	procedures	to	be	followed	by	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee	
and	management	aimed	to	set	a	proper	framework	of	audit	independence.
To promote audit quality and effective audit service by suitably qualified professionals, the Board ensures that the auditor is 
fairly rewarded for the agreed scope of the statutory audit and audit-related services. The auditor is required to have regular 
communications with the Committee, at times without management present. Audit personnel must be appropriately trained, 
meet the required technical standards and maintain confidentiality.
Restrictions	are	placed	on	non-audit	work	performed	by	the	auditor.	Non-audit	fees	above	a	fixed	level	may	not	be	incurred	
without	the	approval	of	the	Chair	of	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee.
The Company requires the rotation of the lead audit partner and the independent review partner for the Company at least 
every five years. The Committee requires the auditor to confirm annually that it has complied with all professional regulations 
and guidelines issued by the Australian accounting profession relating to auditor independence. The auditor must also 
confirm that neither it nor its partners has any financial or material business interests in the Company outside of the supply of 
professional services.
50
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
MARKET DISCLOSURE AND SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS
The	Company	has	a	Market	Disclosure	Policy	which	sets	out	requirements	aimed	to	ensure	full	and	timely	disclosure	to	the	
market	of	material	issues	relating	to	the	Group	to	ensure	that	all	stakeholders	have	an	equal	opportunity	to	access	information.	
The Policy reflects the ASX Listing Rules and Corporations Act continuous disclosure requirements.
The	Market	Disclosure	Policy	requires	that	the	Company	notify	the	market,	via	the	ASx,	of	any	price	sensitive	information	
(subject to the exceptions to disclosure under the Listing Rules). Information is price sensitive if a reasonable person would 
expect the information to have a material effect on the price or value of the Company’s securities or if the information would, or 
would	be	likely	to,	influence	investors	in	deciding	whether	to	buy,	hold	or	sell	Fairfax	securities.
The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Group General Counsel/Company Secretary are designated as 
Disclosure Officers who are responsible for reviewing potential disclosures and deciding what information should be disclosed. 
Only the Disclosure Officers may authorise communications on behalf of the Company to the ASX, media, analysts and 
investors. This safeguards the premature exposure of confidential information and aims to ensure proper disclosure is made in 
accordance with the law. ASX and press releases of a material nature must be approved by a Disclosure Officer.
The Disclosure Officers, in conjunction with the Chair of the Board are authorised to determine whether a trading halt will be 
requested	from	the	ASx	to	prevent	trading	in	an	uninformed	market.
The onus is on all staff to inform a Disclosure Officer of any price sensitive information as soon as becoming aware of it. The 
Executive Leadership Team is responsible for ensuring staff understand and comply with the policy.
As well as its Listing Rules and statutory reporting obligations, the Company actively encourages timely and ongoing 
shareholder communications.
To ensure ready access for shareholders to information about the Company, Company announcements, annual reports, 
analyst and investor briefings, financial results and other information useful to investors such as press releases are placed on 
the Company’s website at www.fairfaxmedia.com.au as soon as practical after their release to the ASX. Several years’ worth of 
historical financial information is available on the website. The results briefings given to analysts by senior management are 
webcast on the website.
The full text of notices of meetings and the accompanying explanatory materials are posted on the website for each Annual 
General Meeting. The Chair’s and the Chief Executive Officer’s addresses, proxy counts and results of shareholder resolutions at 
the meeting are also posted on the website.
At	the	Annual	General	Meeting,	shareholders	are	encouraged	to	ask	questions	and	are	given	a	reasonable	opportunity	to	
comment on matters relevant to the Company. The external auditor attends the Annual General Meeting and is available to 
answer shareholder questions about the audit and the audit report.
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTEGRITY OF FINANCIAL REPORTING
The	Board	oversees	the	risk	management	and	internal	compliance	and	control	system.	
The	system	seeks	to	provide	a	consistent	approach	to	identifying,	assessing,	and	reporting	risks,	whether	they	are	related	to	
Company	performance,	reputation,	safety,	environment,	internal	control,	compliance	or	other	risk	areas.
Key	aspects	of	the	Company’s	risk	management	and	internal	compliance	and	control	system	are	summarised	as	follows:
•	 risks	are	assessed	at	least	annually	and	revised	periodically	for	each	division	through	the	business	planning,	budgeting,	
forecasting, reporting, internal audit and performance management processes 
•	 the	Board,	through	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee,	receives	regular	reports	from	management	(and	independent	advisers	
where	appropriate)	on	key	risk	areas	such	as	treasury,	health	safety	and	environment,	regulatory	compliance,	taxation,	finance	
and	internal	audit	and	the	effectiveness	of	the	risk	management	system	
•	 formal	risk	assessments	are	required	as	part	of	business	case	approvals	for	one-off	projects	or	initiatives	of	a	significant	
nature.	Project	teams	are	responsible	for	managing	the	risks	identified
•	 under	the	direction	of	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee,	Internal	Audit	conducts	a	program	of	internal	process	control	reviews	
over	key	areas,	based	on	their	importance	to	the	Company,	and	provides	assurance	over	the	internal	control	assessments	
undertaken	by	management.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
51
The	Company’s	risk	framework	is	overseen	and	monitored	by	both	the	Board	and	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee.	
As	part	of	the	risk	framework,	specific	policies	and	approval	processes	have	been	developed	to	cover	key	risk	areas	
such as material investments and contracts, treasury, capital expenditure approval, occupational health and safety and 
environmental processes.
The	Company’s	Internal	Audit	function	comprises	the	Manager,	Corporate	Risk	and	Assurance	and	a	team	of	professionals	who	
work	through	a	schedule	of	prioritised	risk	areas	across	all	the	major	business	units	to	provide	an	independent	risk	assessment	
and	evaluation	of	operating	and	financial	controls.	The	Internal	Audit	and	Risk	function	is	independent	from	the	external	auditor	
and	the	Manager,	Corporate	Risk	and	Assurance	may	meet	with	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee	in	the	absence	of	management.	
Internal	Audit	and	Risk	reports	its	results	to	each	meeting	of	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee	and	the	Manager,	Corporate	Risk	
and Assurance attends the meetings. 
The Board has received written assurances from the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer that in their opinion:
(a)  the financial statements and associated notes comply in all material respects with the accounting standards as required by 
the Corporations Act 2001
(b)  the financial statements and associated notes give a true and fair view, in all material respects, of the financial position as 
at the end of the financial year and performance of the Company and Consolidated Entity for the period then ended as 
required by the Corporations Act 2001
(c)  there are reasonable grounds to believe the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable
(d)  the financial records of the Company have been properly maintained in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001
(e)  the statements made above regarding the integrity of the financial statements are founded on a sound system of 
financial	risk	management	and	internal	compliance	and	control	which,	in	all	material	respects,	implements	the	policies	
adopted by the Board
(f)	 the	risk	management	and	internal	compliance	and	control	systems	of	the	Company	and	Consolidated	Entity	relating	to	
financial reporting compliance and operations objectives are operating efficiently and effectively, in all material respects. 
Management	has	reported	to	the	Board	as	to	the	effectiveness	of	the	Company’s	management	of	its	material	business	risks
(g)  subsequent to the end of the financial year, no changes or other matters have arisen that would have a material effect on the 
operation	of	the	risk	management	and	internal	compliance	and	control	systems	of	the	Company	and	Consolidated	Entity.
These statements to the Board are underpinned by the requirement for appropriate senior executives to provide a signed 
letter of representation addressed to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer verifying material issues relating 
to the executive’s areas of responsibility and disclosing factors that may have a material effect on the financial results or 
operations of the Group.
REMUNERATION
Information about the Board’s People and Culture Committee, its Charter, the Company’s remuneration policies for 
Non-Executive Directors and the remuneration of the CEO and senior executives is set out in the Remuneration Report 
beginning on page 29.
TRADING IN COMPANY SECURITIES
Directors and managers must not trade directly or indirectly in Fairfax securities while in possession of price sensitive 
information. Price sensitive information is information which has not been made public, usually about the Group or its intentions, 
which a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of Fairfax securities or which would be 
likely	to	influence	an	investment	decision	in	relation	to	the	securities.
The Fairfax Securities Trading Policy regulates dealings by Directors and certain senior employees (“Designated People”) in 
Fairfax securities (including shares, convertible notes derivatives and options). The purpose of the Policy is to ensure that 
Designated People comply with the legal and company-imposed restrictions on trading in securities whilst in possession 
of	unpublished	price	sensitive	information.	The	Policy	sets	out	blackout	periods	when	no	trading	is	to	be	undertaken	and	
a process for authorisation of trading at other times. Designated People means the Directors, CEO, Company Secretary, those 
employees who report directly to the CEO and those employees who are notified that they are subject to the Policy.
52
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
A Designated Person must not trade in breach of the Policy either directly or indirectly through another entity, such as a partner, 
child, nominee or controlled company acting on his/her behalf. Under the Policy, Designated People are prohibited from trading 
in Fairfax securities without approval under the Policy or when in possession of price-sensitive information about Fairfax. In 
addition, Designated People must not tip anyone else on Fairfax securities, engage in short term speculative trading in Fairfax 
securities or trade in Fairfax derivatives.
Black-out	periods	occur	before	the	announcement	of	the	half-yearly	and	annual	results,	other	trading	updates	and	the	Annual	
General	Meeting.	During	black-out	periods	Designated	People	will	not	be	authorised	to	trade.	Outside	of	the	trading	black-out	
periods,	Directors	must	obtain	approval	from	the	Chair	(or	the	chairman	of	the	Audit	and	Risk	Committee	for	approvals	for	the	
Chair to trade). Other Designated People must obtain approval from the Company Secretary who will consult with the Chair.
Each Director must notify the Company Secretary of any change in the Director’s interest in Fairfax securities so as to ensure 
compliance with the disclosure requirements of the ASX Listing Rules.
The	Policy	prohibits	Designated	People	from	entering	into	any	financial	transactions	that	operate	to	limit	the	economic	risk	of	
unvested Fairfax securities which have been allocated to an employee as part of his/her remuneration, prior to the securities 
vesting.	Any	breach	of	this	prohibition	risks	disciplinary	sanctions.
SUSTAINABILITY AND CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY COMMITTEE
The Board has established a Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility Committee. The Committee’s Charter is 
summarised below.
The primary purpose of the Committee is to advise and assist the Board in setting an overall direction for the Company’s 
commitment to building a long term future, which includes operating its business responsibly, ethically and sustainably 
(financially and otherwise). To fulfil this purpose, the Committee’s role includes:
1.  providing strategic leadership to the Board and management in overseeing the development and implementation of a 
sustainability and corporate social responsibility (CSR) strategy and related policies
2.	
fostering	a	workplace	culture	which	values	sustainable	and	socially	responsible	business	practices
3.	
identifying	and	monitoring	current	and	emerging	CSR	trends,	risks	and	opportunities	and	ensuring	that	the	Board	is	kept	up	
to	date	with	market	and	investor	expectations	on	CSR	activities
4.  considering and endorsing proposals by management to enhance the Group’s CSR profile, reputation and activities
5.	 ensuring	the	Board,	employees,	the	investment	community	and	other	stakeholders	are	kept	properly	informed	of	the	
Group’s CSR initiatives and performance
6.  overseeing the Group’s compliance with corporate governance and legal requirements in relation to CSR issues and 
related reporting
7.  monitoring that executives are remunerated having regard to performance metrics that recognise both tangible and 
intangible value creation
8.  dealing with such matters as the Committee deems necessary to carry out the functions set out above including interaction 
with other Board Committees where appropriate, and
9.	 reviewing	the	adequacy	of	this	Charter	in	light	of	emerging	CSR	trends	and	obligations	and	making	recommendations	to	
the Board for approval.
The Committee’s membership and Chair are determined by the Board from time to time and must consist of at least three 
Directors. No more than one member may be an executive Director. Other Directors are entitled to attend the Committee 
meetings. The members of the Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility Committee, and details of their attendance at 
Committee meetings, are set out on page 26. In order to carry out the Committee’s duties, the Chair of the Committee is 
authorised (at the Company’s expense) to engage external advice, obtain assistance and information from officers of the Group 
and engage such other support as is reasonably required from time to time.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
53
DIVERSITY 
The	Company	is	committed	to	creating	a	workplace	that	is	fair	and	inclusive.	The	measures	and	actions	undertaken	to	achieve	
our commitments in the financial year are outlined in the following table: 
OVERARCHING MEASURE
SUPPORTING ACTIONS UNDERTAKEN
30% female participation in 
Senior Management by 2015
•	 Conducted	a	pilot	“Women	in	Leadership”	presentation	and	
focus group session comprising of 20 senior women from 
across the Company.
•	
Increased	opportunities	for	flexible	work	arrangements	by	expanding	
the	ability	to	take	additional	annual	leave	each	year	to	more	staff.
•	 Where	identified,	high	potential	women	were	strategically	matched	
with senior leaders across the business as part of the Fairfax 
Mentoring Program. More than half of the participants in the 
program were female.
•	 More than half of the participants in the 2013 Fairfax Leadership 
Programs were female.
PERFORMANCE
On	track	to	achieving	target.	
There was an increase in the 
percentage of females in senior 
management positions to 28% 
this year, compared to 26% 
last year.
ACTIONS COMMITTED IN THE LAST REPORT
PROGRESS
Conduct further research to gather 
robust diversity metrics across 
the business and in individual 
business units.
New reporting has been introduced providing management with monthly data on employee 
demographics. This includes diversity metrics including employment type, gender, tenure, age 
bracket	and	job	family.
The	2013	Workplace	Gender	Equality	Agency	report	in	Australia	has	been	submitted	in	accordance	
with the Act. In line with the Act, the report is available on the Fairfax website and the intranet for 
comment by staff, employee organisations and shareholders. 
The Company is a member of the Diversity Council of Australia and has recently joined the HR 
Corporate Executive Board. This enables managers and Human Resources staff to gain access to 
market	trends	on	and	best	practice	on	diversity.
Conduct a pay equity audit across 
Fairfax Media
To	complement	the	data	collected	for	the	2013	Workplace	Gender	Equality	Act	report	in	Australia,	
additional analysis was conducted regarding pay equity. Some preliminary findings included:
The recruitment process for all Senior 
Management appointments to include 
a senior female on the interview panel 
and at least one female candidate in 
the shortlist.
•	 Across	Australia	the	female	percentage	difference	of	average	annualised	total	package	value	(TPV)	
for full time and part time staff is -32%. 
•	 The largest disparity in job families between male and female TPV is in Printing and Distribution 
(-35%) and the lowest is in Editorial (-17%).
•	 Further data collection and analysis will be conducted in next financial year to determine possible 
causes of negative percentage difference for female employees. This will in turn help support 
specific action plans.
There have been several senior executive roles appointed this year where at least one female was 
included in the recruitment process, and where appropriate, a female candidate was included in the 
shortlist. Senior executive roles have included: 
•	 Chief Financial Officer
•	 Director of Strategy
•	 Managing Director, New Zealand
•	 Group Director, Digital Ventures
•	 Director, Life Media
Further	work	will	occur	in	2014	for	this	process	to	become	a	standard	way	of	working	across	
the Company.
The	Company	has	submitted	and	is	compliant	with	the	Workplace	Gender	Equality	Act	2012	report	in	Australia.
The	workforce	gender	demographics	were,	as	at	30	June	2013:
•	 Proportion of women on the Board: 25%
•	 Proportion of women in senior management: 28% 
•	 Proportion of women across the organisation: 52% 
54
MANAGEMENT DIsCUssION AND ANALYsIs REPORT
TRADING OVERVIEW
The	2013	financial	year	saw	a	continuation	of	difficult	trading	conditions	with	subdued	advertising	markets	in	both	Australia	
and New Zealand. Total reported Group revenue declined by 8.2% to $2,033.8 million from the prior year. Operating segment 
revenue trends, as compared to the prior year, show Metropolitan Media down 11.9%, Regional Media down 10.4% and New 
Zealand Media down 4.7%. Broadcasting revenue improved 8.1% from the prior year. Group digital revenue increased to 
$295 million and now comprises 14% of total revenue. 
During the year there was a focus on improving circulation revenue by removing unprofitable distribution channels, a reduction in 
discounting, and a series of cover price increases. As a result, Metropolitan Media circulation revenue increased by 5% in the year.
Our real estate business, Domain, continues to move through the transition from a largely print-based business to a predominantly 
digital business with 2013 being the first year where digital advertising exceeded print. 
The Regional and New Zealand divisions saw deterioration in revenue which accelerated in the second half of the year. 
Revenue declines were experienced across most advertising categories and improvement in cost reduction run rates assisted 
in offsetting some of the impact on profitability.
Performance	of	the	Radio	division	improved	in	the	year,	with	revenue	and	market	share	growth,	improved	profitability	and	
a higher degree of integration into other parts of the Fairfax Media business.
The decline in Group revenue has been mitigated to some extent by an on-going focus on cost management. Total Group 
expenses declined by 5.9% to $1,690.5 million, excluding significant items. Metropolitan Media cost reduced by 10.7%, Regional 
Media by 8.0% and New Zealand Media by 2.3% offset by an increase of 4.8% in Broadcasting and costs associated with the 
implementation of the Fairfax of the Future program.
The	business	remains	on	track	to	deliver	the	Fairfax	of	the	Future	savings	that	have	previously	been	communicated.	
Annualised	run-rate	savings	of	$311	million	are	on	track	to	be	delivered	by	June	2015.	We	continue	to	work	on	further	revenue	
and cost opportunities.
The second half of the financial year saw a number of significant milestones and operational changes, including the launch 
of	the	weekday	compact	editions	of	The	Sydney	Morning	Herald	and	The	Age	in	March	2013.	We	also	announced	a	major	
restructure of our Australian operations with the formation of Australian Publishing Media as well as moving a number of digital 
operating businesses to act on a more standalone basis. 
In	July	2013	we	introduced	a	digital	subscriptions	model	for	The	Sydney	Morning	Herald	and	The	Age.	We	are	pleased	with	the	
early progress of this important initiative.
As reported in the December 2012 interim results, the company disposed of its US Agricultural Media business for US$79.9m 
on 14 November 2012, and its remaining 51% interest in Trade Me Group Ltd for A$605.5 million (net of transaction fees) on 21 
December 2012. As previously stated, proceeds from the sale of these businesses have been applied to the reduction of debt.
The	Group	booked	a	significant	impairment	charge	of	$444.6	million	after	tax	in	2013.	The	charge	was	predominately	in	the	
Regional Media business along with smaller impairment charges in the Metropolitan Media and Broadcasting segments. Details 
of the nature of the impairment charges can be found in Note 4 and the assumptions used in the estimation of the recoverable 
amount	of	intangible	assets	and	the	sensitivities	around	the	key	assumptions	are	outlined	in	Note	14.
FINANCIAL POSITION
Net cash inflow from operating activities was $186.5 million. After capital expenditure of $60.6 million, dividends paid of $61.4 
million, the impact of the sale of Trade Me and US Agricultural Media and repayment of borrowings, cash and cash equivalents 
increased by $171.1 million.
Net	debt	for	covenant	purposes	was	$154.5	million	at	30	June	2013	and	remains	within	covenant	limits.	The	Company	continues	
to have substantial headroom with debt repayments in the 2014 financial year covered by $533.5 million of cash on deposit and 
undrawn committed facilities, plus free cash flows that will be generated during the year.
On	25	July	2013	the	Company	completed	the	redemption	of	US$224	million	of	US	Private	Placement	(USPP)	notes.	
MANAGEMENT DIsCUssION AND ANALYsIs REPORT
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
55
RECONCILIATION OF STATUTORY TO UNDERLYING PERFORMANCE
AS REPORTED
SIGNIFICANT ITEMS (IV)
TRADING PERFORMANCE 
EXCLUDING SIGNIFICANT ITEMS
 30 June 2013
$’000
NOTE
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
Total revenue
Associate (losses)/profits 
Expenses 
(i)
 2,033,786 
 2,214,487 
 19,830 
 (2,239)
 1,311 
 – 
	–	
	–	
 2,013,956 
 2,214,487 
 (2,239)
 1,311 
 (2,150,758)
 (4,860,417)
 (460,302)
 (3,064,628)
 (1,690,456)
 (1,795,789)
operating eBiTdA
 (119,211)
 (2,644,619)
 (440,472)
 (3,064,628)
 321,261 
 420,009 
Depreciation and amortisation
 (100,762)
 (103,478)
 – 
	–	
 (100,762)
 (103,478)
eBiT
 (219,973)
 (2,748,097)
 (440,472)
 (3,064,628)
 220,499 
 316,531 
Net finance costs
(ii)
 (54,967)
 (109,731)
 – 
	–	
 (54,967)
 (109,731)
net profit/(loss) before tax
 (274,940)
 (2,857,828)
 (440,472)
 (3,064,628)
 165,532 
 206,800 
Tax (expense)/benefit
 (37,912)
 73,043 
 12,569 
 126,807 
 (50,481)
 (53,764)
net profit/(loss) after tax 
from continuing operations
Net profit after tax from 
discontinued operations
 (312,852)
 (2,784,785)
 (427,903)
 (2,937,821)
 115,051 
 153,036 
(iii)
 311,881 
 58,982 
 283,444 
	–	
 28,437 
 58,982 
net profit/(loss) after tax
 (971)
 (2,725,803)
 (144,459)
 (2,937,821)
 143,488 
 212,018 
Net profit attributable to 
non-controlling interest
net profit/(loss) attributable to 
members of the Company 
 (15,461)
 (6,594)
 – 
	–	
 (15,461)
 (6,594)
 (16,432)
 (2,732,397)
 (144,459)
 (2,937,821)
 128,027 
 205,424 
earnings/(loss) per share
 (0.7)
 (116.2)
 5.4 
 8.7 
notes:
(i)  Revenue from ordinary activities excluding interest income and trading results of discontinued operations.
(ii)  Finance costs less interest income.
(iii) The remaining 51% of Trade Me Group Ltd was disposed of on 21 December 2012 and classified as a discontinued operation. The “As 
reported” net profit after tax from discontinued operations includes both trading results of this business up to the date of disposal and 
the profit on disposal. Certain numbers shown here do not correspond to the 2012 financial statements and reflect adjustments due to 
discontinued operations as detailed in Note 5.
(iv) Significant items are those items of such a nature or size that separate disclosure will assist users to understand the accounts. Refer to 
Note 4 for further details of significant items. 
RECONCILIATION OF TRADING TO OPERATING CASH FLOW 
Cash flow from trading activities
Redundancy payments
Interest and dividends received
Finance costs and income tax paid
Net cash flow from operating activities
 30 June 2013
$’000
376,645
(96,018)
14,330
(108,506)
186,451
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
534,903
(42,511)
13,591
 (238,334)
 267,649
56
CONsOLIDATED INCOME sTATEMENT
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
Continuing operations
Revenue from operations
Other revenue and income
Total revenue and income
Share of net (losses)/profits of associates and joint ventures
Expenses from operations excluding impairment, depreciation,
amortisation and finance costs
Depreciation and amortisation
Impairment of intangibles, investments and property, plant and equipment
Finance costs
net loss from continuing operations before income tax expense
Income tax (expense)/benefit
net loss from continuing operations after income tax expense
discontinued operations
Net profit from discontinued operations after income tax expense
net loss after income tax expense
net profit/(loss) is attributable to:
Non-controlling interest
Owners of the parent
earnings per share (cents per share)
Basic loss per share (cents per share)
Diluted loss per share (cents per share)
earnings per share from continuing operations (cents per share) 
Basic loss per share (cents per share)
Diluted loss per share (cents per share)
NOTE
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
RESTATED*
$’000
2(A)
2(B)
 2,010,488 
 34,902 
 2,045,390 
12(C)
 (2,239)
 2,199,881 
 25,064 
 2,224,945 
 1,311 
3(A)
3(B)
3(C)
6
5
25
25
25
25
 (1,690,820)
 (1,995,357)
 (100,762)
 (103,478)
 (459,938)
 (2,865,060)
 (66,571)
 (120,189)
 (274,940)
 (2,857,828)
 (37,912)
 73,043 
 (312,852)
 (2,784,785)
 311,881 
 58,982 
 (971)
 (2,725,803)
 15,461 
 (16,432)
 6,594 
 (2,732,397)
 (971)
 (2,725,803)
 (0.7)
 (0.7)
 (13.3)
 (13.3)
 (116.2)
 (116.2)
 (118.4)
 (118.4)
* 
 Certain numbers shown here do not correspond to the 2012 financial statements and reflect adjustments due to discontinued operations 
as detailed in Note 5.
The above Consolidated Income Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes.
CONsOLIDATED sTATEMENT OF COMPREHENsIVE INCOME
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
57
Net loss after income tax expense
other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Changes in fair value of available for sale financial assets
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Changes in value of net investment hedges
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Income tax relating to these items
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit plans
Income tax relating to these items
other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the period
Total comprehensive income is attributable to:
Non-controlling interest
Owners of the parent
NOTE
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 (971)
 (2,725,803)
6
6
 296 
 3,407 
 (18,431)
 28,033 
 4,532 
 (675)
 (11,869)
 (3,568)
 14,352 
 4,545 
 2,353 
 (702)
 19,488 
 18,517 
 (3,732)
 1,117 
 170 
 (2,725,633)
 15,461 
 3,056 
18,517
 6,594 
 (2,732,227)
(2,725,633)
The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes.
58
CONsOLIDATED BALANCE sHEET
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	AS	AT	30	JUNE	2013
CuRRenT ASSeTS
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Derivative assets
Assets held for sale
Income tax receivable
Other financial assets
Total current assets
non-CuRRenT ASSeTS
Receivables
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Available for sale investments
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Derivative assets
Deferred tax assets
Pension assets
Other financial assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
CuRRenT liABiliTieS
Payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Derivative liabilities
Liabilities directly associated with held for sale assets
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
non-CuRRenT liABiliTieS
Interest bearing liabilities
Derivative liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Pension liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
neT ASSeTS
equiTy
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained profits
Total parent entity interest 
Non-controlling interest
ToTAl equiTy
NOTE
35(B)
8
9
16
10(A)
11
8
12
13
14
15
16
17(A)
21(A)
11
18
19
16
10(B)
20
19
16
17(A)
20
21(A)
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 533,531 
 298,330 
 30,908 
 11,018 
 6,979 
 8,466 
 4,386 
 893,618 
 1,046 
 80,490 
 1,929 
 358,364
 334,466
 36,622
 123
 25,674
 2,592
 3,914
 761,755
 2,479
 30,811
 1,991
 1,438,034 
 2,502,045
 478,933 
 7,815 
 107,895 
 709 
 6,222 
 547,004
 27,040
 122,530
 149
 10,768
 2,123,073 
 3,016,691 
 3,244,817
 4,006,572
 235,919 
 284,323 
 47,978 
 – 
 191,319 
 1,333 
 760,872 
 282,637
 6,439
	–
 4,956
 193,887
 10,680
 498,599
 353,889 
 1,200,934
 26,939 
 3,581 
 53,942 
 1,273 
 – 
 439,624 
 1,200,496 
 1,816,195 
 95,628
 15,225
 149,305
 3,933
 271
 1,465,296
 1,963,895
 2,042,677
22
23
24
 4,646,248 
 4,646,248
 35,517 
 (45,520)
 (2,867,387)
 (2,805,566)
 1,814,378 
 1,817 
 1,795,162
 247,515
 1,816,195 
 2,042,677
The above Consolidated Balance Sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes.
net cash inflow from operating activities
35(A)
CONsOLIDATED CAsH FLOw sTATEMENT
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)
Redundancy payments
Interest received
Dividends and distributions received 
Finance costs paid 
Net income taxes paid
Cash flows from investing activities
Payment for purchase of controlled entities, associates and joint ventures  
(net of cash acquired)
Payment for purchase of businesses, including mastheads
Payment for property, plant, equipment and software 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of investments, net of transaction fees and cash disposed *
Loans repaid by other parties
net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment for purchase of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Proceeds from disposal of non-controlling interest in subsidiary, net of transaction fees **
Proceeds from borrowings and other financial liabilities
Repayment of borrowings and other financial liabilities
Dividends paid to shareholders
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
net cash outflow from financing activities
net increase in cash and cash equivalents held
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the financial year
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the financial year
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
59
 30 June 2013
$’000
NOTE
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
2,326,259
 2,564,435
(1,949,614)
 (2,029,532)
 (96,018)
 10,963 
 3,367 
 (60,456)
 (48,050)
 186,451 
 (51,935)
 (10,048)
 (60,584)
 2,047 
 644,099 
 6,056 
 529,635 
 (2,999)
 – 
 – 
 (480,586)
 (47,040)
 (14,407)
 (545,032)
 171,054 
 358,364 
 4,113 
7
35(B)
 533,531 
 (42,511)
 9,986
 3,605
 (127,633)
 (110,701)
 267,649
 (13,232)
 (1,443)
 (42,788)
 3,315
 18,237
 4,750
 (31,161)
 (92)
 421,885
 321,270
 (756,933)
 (82,318)
 (491)
 (96,679)
 139,809
 207,137
 11,418
 358,364
* 
 The proceeds relate to the disposal of the remaining 51% interest in Trade Me Group Ltd on 21 December 2012 and the disposal of the US 
Agricultural Media business on 14 November 2012.
**	 	The	proceeds	relate	to	the	sale	of	34%	of	Trade	Me	Group	Ltd	on	13	December	2011	and	the	further	15%	divestment	on	21	June	2012.
The above Consolidated Cash Flow Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes.
60
l
A
T
o
T
i
y
T
u
q
e
0
0
0
$
’
,
7
7
6
2
4
0
2
,
)
0
4
0
7
4
(
,
–
)
0
4
0
7
4
(
,
)
5
0
0
3
(
,
0
3
5
,
1
–
–
)
7
6
0
4
1
(
,
)
7
6
0
4
1
(
,
,
)
7
1
4
2
8
1
(
,
)
8
9
7
0
4
2
(
–
)
4
9
2
6
(
,
–
–
–
–
–
)
9
9
9
4
4
2
(
,
)
9
5
1
,
1
6
2
(
)
0
4
0
7
4
(
,
5
9
1
,
6
1
8
,
1
7
1
8
,
1
e
M
e
d
a
r
T
e
h
T
.
,
)
7
8
3
7
6
8
2
(
,
–
–
1
8
3
8
5
,
4
9
2
6
,
)
5
0
0
3
(
,
0
3
5
,
1
7
1
5
,
5
3
0
0
2
,
3
6
)
1
7
9
(
8
8
4
9
1
,
1
6
4
5
1
,
)
2
3
4
6
1
(
,
–
–
1
5
6
,
1
7
3
8
7
1
,
7
1
5
8
1
,
1
6
4
5
1
,
)
1
8
7
4
1
(
,
7
3
8
7
1
,
–
–
–
)
1
0
9
2
1
(
,
5
8
3
,
2
3
5
0
8
2
,
)
1
0
9
2
1
(
,
5
8
3
,
2
3
5
0
8
2
,
0
0
0
$
’
,
5
1
5
7
4
2
-
n
o
n
i
d
e
n
A
T
e
R
G
n
i
l
l
o
R
T
n
o
C
S
T
i
F
o
R
P
T
S
e
R
e
T
n
i
)
4
2
e
T
o
n
(
0
0
0
$
’
0
0
0
$
’
l
A
T
o
T
S
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
0
0
0
$
’
l
A
R
e
n
e
G
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
)
3
2
e
T
o
n
(
)
6
6
5
,
5
0
8
2
(
,
)
0
2
5
,
5
4
(
)
7
3
8
6
(
,
0
0
0
$
’
4
6
7
7
,
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
)
3
2
e
T
o
n
(
T
n
e
M
y
A
P
e
G
d
e
H
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
)
3
2
e
T
o
n
(
0
0
0
$
’
9
6
6
2
,
e
G
d
e
H
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
)
3
2
e
T
o
n
(
0
0
0
$
’
)
8
8
0
7
(
,
0
0
0
$
’
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
)
3
2
e
T
o
n
(
0
0
0
$
’
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
)
3
2
e
T
o
n
(
)
8
2
5
9
1
2
(
,
9
5
7
7
7
1
,
0
0
0
$
’
)
9
5
2
(
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
)
3
2
e
T
o
n
(
0
0
0
$
’
i
y
T
u
q
e
)
2
2
e
T
o
n
(
,
8
4
2
6
4
6
4
,
i
n
o
T
A
l
S
n
A
R
T
i
n
o
T
i
S
i
u
q
C
A
i
n
o
T
A
u
l
A
V
e
R
i
d
e
T
u
B
R
T
n
o
C
2
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
v
o
N
4
1
n
o
s
s
e
n
s
u
b
a
d
e
M
i
i
l
a
r
u
t
l
u
c
i
r
g
A
S
U
e
h
t
f
o
l
i
a
s
o
p
s
d
e
h
t
d
n
a
2
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
2
n
o
d
t
L
p
u
o
r
G
e
M
e
d
a
r
T
n
i
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
i
i
%
1
5
g
n
n
a
m
e
r
e
h
t
.
i
s
e
t
o
N
g
n
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
h
t
h
t
i
w
n
o
i
t
c
n
u
n
o
c
n
j
i
l
d
a
e
r
e
b
d
u
o
h
s
y
t
i
u
q
E
n
i
s
e
g
n
a
h
C
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
e
v
o
b
a
e
h
T
.
l
a
s
o
p
s
d
s
t
i
i
o
t
n
o
i
t
a
e
r
n
l
i
s
e
r
u
s
o
c
s
d
i
l
l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
a
r
o
f
5
e
t
o
N
o
t
r
e
f
e
R
.
i
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
s
d
a
s
a
d
e
i
f
i
s
s
a
c
n
e
e
b
s
a
h
s
s
e
n
s
u
b
i
l
6
7
8
8
5
,
9
8
2
,
3
)
2
3
2
0
1
(
,
)
3
0
7
4
(
,
)
9
9
5
,
2
3
1
(
8
4
0
,
1
8
1
1
4
,
8
4
2
6
4
6
4
,
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
)
7
3
8
6
(
,
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
)
5
9
4
(
0
3
5
,
1
5
3
0
,
1
9
9
7
8
,
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
7
8
8
5
,
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
9
2
6
,
)
5
0
0
3
(
,
–
0
0
3
0
0
3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
:
s
r
e
n
w
o
s
a
y
t
i
c
a
p
a
c
r
i
e
h
t
n
i
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i
w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T
e
m
o
c
n
i
i
e
v
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t
r
o
f
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t
r
o
f
s
s
o
L
2
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
4
2
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
l
s
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
o
t
d
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
v
D
i
i
i
n
i
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
i
s
e
i
r
a
d
s
b
u
s
i
,
i
s
e
i
r
a
d
s
b
u
s
i
f
o
l
a
s
o
p
s
D
i
*
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
f
o
l
a
s
o
p
s
D
i
i
o
t
d
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
v
D
i
i
i
i
y
r
a
d
s
b
u
s
n
i
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
u
q
c
A
i
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
,
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i
w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
t
l
a
t
o
T
f
o
l
i
a
s
o
p
s
d
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
a
e
r
l
i
s
h
 T
*
3
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
S
e
V
R
e
S
e
R
T
e
n
n
G
i
e
R
o
F
d
e
S
A
B
-
e
R
A
H
S
T
n
e
M
T
S
e
V
n
i
W
o
l
F
H
S
A
C
y
C
n
e
R
R
u
C
T
e
S
S
A
3
1
0
2
E
N
U
J
0
3
D
E
D
N
E
D
O
R
E
P
I
E
H
T
R
O
F
S
E
I
T
I
T
N
E
D
E
L
L
O
R
T
N
O
C
D
N
A
D
E
T
M
L
I
I
I
A
D
E
M
x
A
F
R
I
A
F
Y
T
I
U
q
E
N
I
s
E
G
N
A
H
C
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
s
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
s
N
O
C
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
L
A
T
O
T
I
Y
T
U
Q
E
0
0
0
$
’
,
8
0
7
8
3
4
4
,
,
)
3
0
8
5
2
7
2
(
,
0
7
1
,
)
3
3
6
5
2
7
2
(
,
)
8
1
3
2
8
,
(
-
N
O
N
I
D
E
N
A
T
E
R
I
G
N
L
L
O
R
T
N
O
C
I
S
T
F
O
R
P
T
S
E
R
E
T
N
I
)
4
2
E
T
O
N
(
0
0
0
$
’
0
9
9
6
,
–
4
9
5
6
,
4
9
5
6
,
–
0
0
0
$
’
4
6
7
1
1
,
,
)
7
9
3
2
3
7
2
(
,
)
5
1
6
2
(
,
,
)
2
1
0
5
3
7
2
(
,
)
8
1
3
2
8
,
(
)
4
5
3
(
)
4
5
3
(
3
7
5
1
1
4
,
4
9
0
5
3
2
,
)
2
9
(
3
9
7
2
0
6
9
2
3
,
,
7
7
6
2
4
0
2
,
)
9
0
8
(
–
,
1
3
9
3
3
2
5
1
5
7,
4
2
–
–
–
–
)
8
1
3
2
8
,
(
)
,
6
6
5
5
0
8
2
(
,
0
0
0
$
’
L
A
T
O
T
S
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
)
4
9
2
6
2
2
(
,
–
5
8
7
2
,
5
8
7
2
,
–
–
9
7
4
6
7
1
,
7
1
7
3
9
7
9
8
9
7,
7
1
)
0
2
5
5
4
(
,
0
0
0
$
’
L
A
R
E
N
E
G
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
)
3
2
E
T
O
N
(
)
7
3
8
6
,
(
0
0
0
$
’
1
7
9
6
,
T
N
E
M
Y
A
P
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
)
3
2
E
T
O
N
(
E
G
D
E
H
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
)
3
2
E
T
O
N
(
0
0
0
$
’
7
6
1
5
,
E
G
D
E
H
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
)
3
2
E
T
O
N
(
0
0
0
$
’
0
2
2
1
,
D
E
S
A
B
E
R
A
H
S
-
T
N
E
M
T
S
E
V
N
I
W
O
L
F
H
S
A
C
T
E
N
S
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
)
7
3
8
6
,
(
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
9
7
3
9
7
4
6
7
7,
–
–
)
8
9
4
2
(
,
)
8
9
4
2
(
,
)
8
0
3
8
,
(
)
8
0
3
8
,
(
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
9
6
6
2
,
)
8
8
0
7,
(
)
,
8
2
5
9
1
2
(
0
0
0
$
’
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
)
3
2
E
T
O
N
(
)
4
8
8
3
3
2
(
,
I
N
G
E
R
O
F
Y
C
N
E
R
R
U
C
I
N
O
T
A
L
S
N
A
R
T
–
6
5
3
4
1
,
6
5
3
4
1
,
3
6
5
0
0
0
$
’
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
)
3
2
E
T
O
N
(
0
0
0
$
’
6
0
5
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
)
3
2
E
T
O
N
(
0
0
0
$
’
I
Y
T
U
Q
E
)
2
2
E
T
O
N
(
,
8
4
2
6
4
6
4
,
I
I
N
O
T
S
U
Q
C
A
I
T
E
S
S
A
I
N
O
T
A
U
L
A
V
E
R
I
D
E
T
U
B
R
T
N
O
C
–
–
–
–
–
9
7
4
6
7
1
,
–
7
1
7
6
9
1
7,
7
1
9
5
7
7,
7
1
–
)
5
6
7
(
)
5
6
7
(
–
–
–
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T
e
m
o
c
n
i
i
e
v
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t
r
o
f
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t
r
o
f
s
s
o
L
1
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
6
2
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
–
–
–
–
–
–
)
9
5
2
(
–
–
–
–
–
–
l
s
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
o
t
d
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
v
D
i
i
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
f
o
l
a
s
o
p
s
D
i
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
i
i
s
e
i
r
a
d
s
b
u
s
n
i
i
o
t
d
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
v
D
i
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
u
q
c
A
i
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
,
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
*
x
a
t
f
o
t
e
n
,
i
i
y
r
a
d
s
b
u
s
n
i
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i
w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
t
l
a
t
o
T
,
8
4
2
6
4
6
4
,
2
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
4
2
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
:
s
r
e
n
w
o
s
a
y
t
i
c
a
p
a
c
r
i
e
h
t
n
i
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i
w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T
Y
T
I
U
q
E
N
I
s
E
G
N
A
H
C
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
s
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
s
N
O
C
2
1
0
2
E
N
U
J
4
2
D
E
D
N
E
D
O
R
E
P
I
E
H
T
R
O
F
S
E
I
T
I
T
N
E
D
E
L
L
O
R
T
N
O
C
D
N
A
D
E
T
M
L
I
I
I
A
D
E
M
x
A
F
R
I
A
F
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
61
.
i
s
e
t
o
N
g
n
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
h
t
h
t
i
w
n
o
i
t
c
n
u
n
o
c
n
j
i
l
d
a
e
r
e
b
d
u
o
h
s
y
t
i
u
q
E
n
i
s
e
g
n
a
h
C
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
e
v
o
b
a
e
h
T
.
2
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
1
2
n
o
t
n
e
m
i
t
s
e
v
d
%
5
1
r
e
h
t
r
u
f
e
h
t
d
n
a
1
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
3
1
n
o
d
t
L
p
u
o
r
G
e
M
e
d
a
r
T
f
o
%
4
3
f
l
o
e
a
s
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
a
e
r
l
i
s
h
T
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
62
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation 
of the financial report are set out below. These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented, 
unless otherwise stated. The financial report includes the 
consolidated entity consisting of Fairfax Media Limited and its 
controlled entities.
The	financial	report	is	for	the	period	25	June	2012	to	
30	June	2013	(2012:	the	period	27	June	2011	to	24	June	
2012). Reference in this report to ‘a year’ is to the period 
ended	30	June	2013	or	24	June	2012	respectively,	unless	
otherwise stated.
Fairfax Media Limited is a for profit company limited by 
ordinary shares incorporated in Australia whose shares are 
publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange. The 
nature of the operations and principal activities of the Group 
are described in the Directors’ Report.
(A)  BASIS OF PREPARATION
The financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which 
has been prepared in accordance with the requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting 
Standards and other authoritative pronouncements of 
the Australian Accounting Standards Board. The financial 
report also complies with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board. 
The Group has prepared the financial statements in 
compliance with amendments to the Corporations Act 2001 
in	June	2010	which	removed	the	requirement	for	the	Group	
to lodge parent entity financial statements. Parent entity 
financial statements have been replaced by the specific 
parent entity disclosures in Note 38.
HiSToRiCAl CoST ConVenTion
These financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis and on the basis of historical cost principles 
except for derivative financial instruments and certain 
financial assets which are measured at fair value. The carrying 
values of recognised assets and liabilities that are hedged with 
fair value hedges are adjusted to record changes in the fair 
values	attributable	to	the	risks	that	are	being	hedged.
(B)  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
(i)  ConTRolled enTiTieS
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets 
and liabilities of the Company, Fairfax Media Limited, and its 
controlled entities. Fairfax Media Limited and its controlled 
entities together are referred to in this financial report as the 
Group or the consolidated entity. 
Controlled entities are fully consolidated from the date 
on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the 
acquisition of controlled entities by the Group (refer to Note 1(C)). 
All inter-entity transactions, balances and unrealised gains on 
transactions between Group entities have been eliminated in full. 
Non-controlling interests in the earnings and equity of 
controlled entities are shown separately in the income 
statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of 
changes in equity and balance sheet respectively.
(ii)  ASSoCiATeS And JoinT VenTuReS
Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted 
for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity 
method. Associates are entities over which the Group 
has significant influence and are neither subsidiaries or 
joint ventures.
The Group’s share of its associates’ and joint ventures’ post-
acquisition profits or losses are recognised in the income 
statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements in 
reserves is recognised in reserves. The cumulative post-
acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying 
amount of the investment. Dividends received from associates 
and joint ventures are recognised in the consolidated 
financial statements as a reduction in the carrying amount of 
the investment.
When	the	Group’s	share	of	losses	in	an	associate	or	joint	
venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate or joint 
venture, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless 
it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the 
associate or joint venture.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its 
associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of 
the Group’s interest in associates and joint ventures.
(C)  ACCOUNTING FOR ACQUISITIONS
Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a 
business combination is measured at fair value, which is 
calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of the 
assets transferred by the acquirer, the liabilities incurred by 
the acquirer to former owners of the acquiree and the equity 
issued by the acquirer, the amount of any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree. For each business combination, the 
acquirer measures the non-controlling interest in the acquiree 
either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the 
acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition-related costs are 
expensed as incurred and included in other expenses.
When	the	Group	acquires	a	business,	it	assesses	the	financial	
assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification 
and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, 
economic conditions, the Group’s operating or accounting 
policies and other pertinent conditions as at the acquisition 
date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in 
host contracts of the acquiree.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
63
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the 
acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held 
equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at 
the acquisition date through the income statement.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the 
acquirer is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. 
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent 
consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability is 
recognised in accordance with AASB 139 either in the income 
statement or as a change to other comprehensive income. 
If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it will not 
be remeasured until it is finally settled within equity.
(D)  IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS
Intangibles, property, plant and equipment and investments 
accounted for using the equity method are tested for 
impairment annually, or at each reporting date where 
there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.
An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value 
less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, 
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their 
present value using a post-tax discount rate that reflects 
current	market	assessments	of	the	time	value	of	money	
and	the	risks	specific	to	the	asset.	
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped 
at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable 
cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets, or groups of assets, which are called cash 
generating units.
Assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are 
reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of 
each reporting period.
(E)  INTANGIBLES
(i)  GoodWill
Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquisition over 
the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets 
of the acquired entity at the date of acquisition. Goodwill 
on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible 
assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is included in 
investments in associates. 
Goodwill is not amortised. It is carried at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses relating 
to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods. Goodwill is 
allocated to a cash generating unit (CGU) for the purposes of 
impairment testing. Impairment is determined for goodwill 
by assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU (or group 
of CGUs) to which goodwill relates. Refer to Note 1(D).
Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the 
carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity disposed. 
(ii)  oTHeR inTAnGiBle ASSeTS 
Mastheads and tradenames
The majority of mastheads and tradenames have been 
assessed to have indefinite useful lives. Accordingly, they 
are not amortised and are carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses. Mastheads and tradenames are tested for 
impairment in accordance with Note 1(D).
The Group’s mastheads and tradenames operate in 
established	markets	with	limited	license	conditions	and	
are expected to continue to complement the Group’s new 
media initiatives. On this basis, the Directors have determined 
that the majority of mastheads and tradenames have 
indefinite lives as there is no foreseeable limit to the period 
over which the assets are expected to generate net cash 
inflows for the Group.
There are a small number of tradenames that have been 
assessed to have a definite useful life and are amortised using 
a straight-line method over twenty years.
Radio licences
Radio licences, being commercial radio licences held by the 
consolidated entity under the provisions of the Broadcasting 
Services Act 1992, have been assessed to have indefinite 
useful lives. Accordingly, they are not amortised and 
are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 
Radio licences are tested for impairment in accordance 
with Note 1(D).
Websites
Internal and external costs directly incurred in the 
development of websites are capitalised and amortised using 
a straight-line method over two to four years. Capitalised 
website costs are reviewed annually for potential impairment.
Computer software
Computer software licences acquired are capitalised as an 
intangible as are internal and external costs directly incurred 
in the purchase or development of computer software, 
including subsequent upgrades and enhancements when 
it is probable that they will generate future economic 
benefits attributable to the consolidated entity. These 
costs are amortised using the straight-line method over 
three to five years.
other
Other intangibles, where applicable, are stated at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 
The useful life of the intangible assets are assessed to be 
either finite or indefinite and are examined on an annual 
basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made on a 
prospective basis.
Other intangible assets created within the business are not 
capitalised and are expensed in the income statement in the 
period the expenditure is incurred.
64
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
(F)  FOREIGN CURRENCY
(i)  CuRRenCy oF PReSenTATion
All amounts are expressed in Australian dollars, which 
is the consolidated entity’s presentation currency. Items 
included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which the entity operates (the 
functional currency).
(ii)  TRAnSACTionS And BAlAnCeS
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the 
functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the 
dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses 
resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from 
the translation at reporting date exchange rates of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
recognised in the income statement, with the exception of 
differences on foreign currency borrowings that provide 
a hedge against a net investment in a foreign entity and 
qualifying cash flow hedges, which are deferred in equity until 
disposal. Tax charges and credits attributable to exchange 
differences on borrowings are also recognised in equity.
Translation differences on non-monetary items that are 
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency 
are translated using the exchange rate as at the date of the 
initial transaction. Translation differences on non-monetary 
items, such as available for sale financial assets, are translated 
using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value 
was determined and included in the asset revaluation 
reserve in equity.
(iii) GRouP enTiTieS
The results and financial position of all the Group entities 
that have a functional currency different from the 
presentation currency are translated into the presentation 
currency as follows:
•	 assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented 
are translated at the closing rate at the date of 
that balance sheet;
•	 income and expenses for each income statement are 
translated at average monthly exchange rates during the 
financial year; and
•	 all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a 
separate component of equity.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the 
translation of the borrowings designated as hedges of the net 
investment	in	foreign	entities	are	taken	directly	to	a	separate	
component of equity; the net investment hedge reserve. 
On disposal of a foreign entity, or when borrowings that form 
part of the net investment are repaid, the deferred cumulative 
amount of the exchange differences in the net investment 
hedge reserve relating to that foreign entity are recognised 
in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale. 
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition 
of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the 
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.
(G)  REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that 
the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount 
of the revenue can be reliably measured. Revenue from 
advertising, circulation, subscription, online services, radio 
broadcasting and printing is recognised when control of the 
right to be compensated has been obtained and the stage 
of completion of the contract can be reliably measured. For 
newspapers, magazines and other publications the right 
to be compensated is on the publication date. Revenue 
from the provision of online advertising on websites is 
recognised in the period the advertisements are placed or the 
impression occurs. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of 
commissions, rebates, discounts, returns, trade allowances, 
duties and taxes paid.
Dividend revenue is recognised when the Group’s right to 
receive the payment is established, which is generally when 
the Board declares the dividend.
Interest revenue is recognised as it accrues, based on the 
effective yield of the financial asset.
(H)  INCOME TAX AND OTHER TAXES
The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax 
payable on the current period’s taxable income based on 
the national income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted 
by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributed to 
temporary differences and to unused tax losses. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary 
differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of 
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial 
reporting purposes.
Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences:
•	 except where the deferred income tax liability arises from 
the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and, at the time of the 
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable 
profit or loss; and
•	 in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint 
ventures, except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable 
that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
65
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and 
unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profit will be available against which the deductible temporary 
differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax assets and 
unused tax losses can be utilised:
•	 except where the deferred income tax asset relating 
to the deductible temporary difference arises from the 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and, at the time of the 
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable 
profit or loss; and
•	 in respect of deductible temporary differences associated 
with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in 
joint ventures, deferred tax assets are only recognised to 
the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences 
will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit 
will be available against which the temporary differences 
can be utilised.
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is 
reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be 
available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset 
to be utilised.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at 
the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when 
the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax 
rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date. Income taxes relating to items 
recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity. 
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only 
if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and 
liabilities relate to the same taxable group and the same 
taxation authority.
GoodS And SeRViCeS TAx (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of GST except:
(i)  where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and 
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in 
which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as 
applicable; and
(ii)  receivables and payables are stated with the amount 
of GST included.
This net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or 
payables in the balance sheet.
Cashflows are included in the cash flow statement on a 
gross basis and the GST component of cashflows arising 
from investing and financing activities, which are recoverable 
from, or payable to the taxation authority are classified as 
operating cashflows.
Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of 
the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the 
taxation authority.
TAx ConSolidATion – AuSTRAliA
Fairfax Media Limited (the head entity) and its wholly-owned 
Australian entities implemented the tax consolidation 
legislation	as	of	1	July	2003.	The	current	and	deferred	tax	
amounts for each member in the tax consolidated group 
(except for the head entity) have been allocated based 
on stand-alone calculations that are modified to reflect 
membership of the tax consolidated group.
On adoption of the tax consolidation legislation, the entities 
in the tax consolidated group entered into a tax sharing 
agreement which, in the opinion of the Directors, limits the 
joint and several liability of the wholly-owned entities in the 
case of a default of the head entity, Fairfax Media Limited. 
The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement 
under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate 
Fairfax Media Limited for any current tax payable assumed 
and are compensated by the Company for any current tax 
receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax 
losses or unused tax credits transferred to Fairfax Media 
Limited under the tax consolidation legislation. Assets or 
liabilities arising under tax funding arrangements with the tax 
consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable 
from or payable to other entities in the group. The amounts 
receivable/payable under the tax funding arrangements are 
due upon demand from the head entity. The head entity may 
also require payment of interim funding amounts to assist 
with its obligations to pay tax instalments.
(I)  LEASES
(i)  FinAnCe leASeS
Assets acquired under finance leases which result in the 
consolidated	entity	receiving	substantially	all	the	risks	and	
rewards of ownership of the asset are capitalised at the lease’s 
inception at the lower of the fair value of the leased property 
or the estimated present value of the minimum lease 
payments. The corresponding finance lease obligation, net of 
finance charges, is included within interest bearing liabilities. 
The interest element is allocated to accounting periods during 
the lease term to reflect a constant rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the liability for each accounting period. 
The leased asset is included in property, plant and equipment 
and is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life 
of the asset or the lease term.
66
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
(ii)  oPeRATinG leASeS
Leases	where	the	lessor	retains	substantially	all	the	risks	
and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as 
operating leases.
Net rental payments, excluding contingent payments, are 
recognised as an expense in the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
(iii) oneRouS PRoPeRTy CoSTS
Property leases are considered to be an onerous contract 
if the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under 
the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be 
received	under	it.	Where	a	decision	has	been	made	to	vacate	
the premises or there is excess capacity and the lease is 
considered to be onerous, a provision is recorded. 
(J)  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits 
held at call with financial institutions and other short term 
investments with original maturities of three months or less 
that are readily convertible to cash and subject to insignificant 
risk	of	changes	in	value.
Bank	overdrafts	are	shown	within	interest	bearing	liabilities	in	
current liabilities on the balance sheet.
(K)  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost which is the 
original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible 
amount. Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an 
ongoing basis and a provision for doubtful debts is made 
when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be 
able to collect the debts.
Interest receivable on related party loans is recognised on an 
accruals basis.
(L)  INVENTORIES
Inventories	including	work	in	progress	are	stated	at	the	
lower of cost and net realisable value. The methods used to 
determine cost for the main items of inventory are:
•	 raw materials (comprising mainly newsprint and paper on 
hand) are assessed at average cost and newsprint and 
paper in transit by specific identification cost;
•	 finished	goods	and	work	in	progress	are	assessed	as	
the cost of direct material and labour and a proportion 
of manufacturing overheads based on normal 
operating capacity; and
•	 in the case of other inventories, cost is assigned by the 
weighted average cost method.
(M) AVAILABLE FOR SALE INVESTMENTS
Available for sale financial assets are investments in listed 
equity securities in which the Group does not have significant 
influence or control. They are stated at fair value based 
on current quoted prices and unrealised gains and losses 
arising from changes in the fair value are recognised in the 
asset revaluation reserve. The assets are included in non-
current assets unless management intends to dispose of the 
investment within twelve months of the reporting date.
(N)  INVESTMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS
The Group classifies its investments in the following 
categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, 
loans and receivables, held to maturity investments and 
available for sale financial assets. The classification depends 
on the purpose for which the investments were acquired. 
Management determines the classification of its investments 
at initial recognition and, in the case of assets classified 
as held to maturity, re-evaluates this designation at each 
reporting date. 
The consolidated entity classifies and measures its 
investments as follows:
(i)  FinAnCiAl ASSeTS AT FAiR VAlue THRouGH 
PRoFiT And loSS
This category has two sub-categories: financial assets held 
for trading and those designated at fair value through profit 
and loss on initial recognition. The policy of management is 
to designate a financial asset at fair value through profit and 
loss if there exists the possibility it will be sold in the short 
term and the asset is subject to frequent changes in fair 
value. These assets are measured at fair value and realised 
and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair 
value are included in the income statement in the period in 
which they arise. 
(ii)  loAnS And ReCeiVABleS
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets 
with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted 
in	an	active	market	and	are	included	in	receivables	and	
other financial assets in the balance sheet. These assets 
are measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.
(iii) oTHeR FinAnCiAl ASSeTS
These assets are non-derivatives that are either designated 
or not classified in any of the other categories and measured 
at fair value. Any unrealised gains and losses arising from 
changes in fair value are included in equity, impairment losses 
are included in the income statement. 
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
67
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
(iV) Held To MATuRiTy inVeSTMenTS
Held to maturity investments are non-derivative financial 
assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed 
maturities that the Group’s management has the positive 
intention and ability to hold to maturity. These assets 
are measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.
Financial assets other than derivatives are recognised 
at fair value or amortised cost in accordance with the 
requirements of AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and	Measurement.	Where	they	are	carried	at	fair	value,	
gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised directly 
in equity unless the financial assets have been designated 
as being held at fair value through profit and loss, in which 
case the gains and losses are recognised directly in the 
income statement.
All financial liabilities other than derivatives are carried at 
amortised cost.
The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as 
forward foreign currency contracts, and foreign currency and 
interest	rate	swaps	to	hedge	its	risks	associated	with	interest	
rate and foreign currency fluctuations. Derivatives, including 
those embedded in other contractual arrangements, are 
initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative 
contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 
to their fair value. The method of recognising the resulting 
gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated 
as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the 
item being hedged. 
The measurement of the fair value of forward exchange 
contracts is calculated by reference to current forward 
exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity profiles. 
The fair value of interest rate swap contracts is determined by 
reference	to	market	values	for	similar	instruments.
Hedge accounting
For the purposes of hedge accounting, hedges 
are classified as:
•	 Fair value hedges: hedges of the fair value of recognised 
assets or liabilities or a firm commitment;
•	 Cash flow hedges: hedges of highly probable forecast 
transactions; or
•	 Net investment hedges: hedges of the net investment in a 
foreign operation.
Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated 
and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income 
statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the 
hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged 
risk.	Any	gain	or	loss	attributable	to	the	hedged	risk	on	
remeasurement of the hedged item is adjusted against the 
carrying amount of the hedged item and recognised in the 
income	statement	within	finance	costs.	Where	the	adjustment	
is to the carrying amount of a hedged interest bearing 
financial instrument, the adjustment is amortised to the 
income statement such that it is fully amortised by maturity. 
When	the	hedged	firm	commitment	results	in	the	recognition	
of an asset or a liability, then, at the time the asset or liability 
is recognised, the associated gains or losses that had 
previously been recognised in equity are included in the 
initial measurement of the acquisition cost or other carrying 
amount of the asset or liability.
Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives 
that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is 
recognised in equity in the hedging reserve. The gain or loss 
relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately 
in the income statement within finance costs. Gains or 
losses that are recognised in equity are transferred to the 
income statement in the same year in which the hedged firm 
commitment affects the net profit and loss, for example when 
the future sale actually occurs.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or 
no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that point in 
time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument 
recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecasted 
transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer 
expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised 
in equity is transferred to the income statement.
net investment hedge
Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are 
accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. Gains or 
losses on the hedging instrument relating to the effective 
portion of the hedge are recognised directly in equity while 
any gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion are 
recognised in the income statement. On disposal of the 
foreign operation, the cumulative value of such gains or losses 
recognised directly in equity is transferred to the income 
statement based on the amount calculated during the direct 
method of consolidation.
derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, any 
gains	or	losses	arising	from	changes	in	fair	value	are	taken	
directly to the income statement.
(O)  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment 
losses. Directly attributable costs arising from the acquisition 
or construction of fixed assets, including internal labour and 
interest, are also capitalised as part of the cost.
68
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
ReCoVeRABle AMounT
All items of property, plant and equipment are reviewed 
annually to ensure carrying values are not in excess of 
recoverable amounts. Recoverable amounts are based upon 
the present value of expected future cashflows.
dePReCiATion And AMoRTiSATion
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is 
calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their 
cost, net of their residual values, over their estimated useful 
lives, as follows:
Buildings
Printing presses
Other production equipment 
Other equipment
Computer equipment
up to 60 years
up to 10 years
up to 15 years
up to 20 years
up to 6 years
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and 
adjusted, if appropriate, at each reporting date. An asset’s 
carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount. Gains and losses on 
disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with 
carrying amount. These are included in the income statement.
(P)   NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
The Group classifies non-current assets and disposal groups 
as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered 
principally through a sale transaction rather than through 
continuing use. Non-current assets and disposal groups 
classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. The criteria 
for held for sale classification is regarded as met only when 
the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group 
is available for immediate sale in its present condition. 
Management must be committed to the sale, which should be 
expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within 
one year from the date of classification.
Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of 
continuing operations and are presented as a single amount 
as profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations in the 
income statement.
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not 
depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale.
(Q)  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Liabilities for trade creditors and other amounts are carried at 
amortised cost which is the fair value of the consideration to 
be paid in the future for goods and services received. Loans 
payable to related parties are carried at amortised cost and 
interest payable is recognised on an accruals basis.
(R)  PROVISIONS
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a legal, 
equitable	or	constructive	obligation	to	make	a	future	sacrifice	
of economic benefits to others as a result of past transactions, 
or past events, it is probable that a future sacrifice of 
economic benefits will be required and a reliable estimate can 
be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are not 
recognised for future operating losses.
Provisions are measured at the present value of 
management’s best estimate of the expenditure required 
to settle the present obligation at the reporting date using 
a	discounted	cash	flow	methodology.	The	risks	specific	to	
the provision are factored into the cash flows and as such a 
risk-free	government	bond	rate	relative	to	the	expected	life	
of the provision is used as a discount rate. If the effect of the 
time value of money is material, provisions are discounted 
using a current pre-tax rate that reflects the time value of 
money	and	the	risks	specific	to	the	liability.	The	increase	in	
the provision resulting from the passage of time is recognised 
in finance costs.
A provision for dividends is not recognised as a liability 
unless the dividends are declared, determined or publicly 
recommended on or before reporting date.
(S)  INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES
Subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, net of 
transaction costs incurred, interest bearing liabilities are 
measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the 
proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption 
amount is recognised in the income statement over the 
period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. 
Finance lease liabilities are determined in accordance with the 
requirements of AASB 117 Leases (refer to Note 1(I)).
BoRRoWinG CoSTS
Borrowing costs include interest, amortisation of discounts 
or premiums relating to borrowings, amortisation or 
ancillary costs incurred in connection with arrangement 
of borrowings and foreign exchange losses net of hedged 
amounts on borrowings, including trade creditors and lease 
finance charges.
Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred unless they relate 
to	qualifying	assets.	Qualifying	assets	are	assets	which	take	
more than twelve months to get ready for their intended 
use or sale. In these circumstances, borrowing costs are 
capitalised	to	the	cost	of	the	asset.	Where	funds	are	borrowed	
generally, borrowing costs are capitalised using a weighted 
average capitalisation rate. 
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
69
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
(T)  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
(i)  WAGeS, SAlARieS, AnnuAl leAVe And lonG 
SeRViCe leAVe
Current liabilities for wages and salaries, holiday pay, annual 
leave and long service leave are recognised in the provision 
for employee benefits and measured at the amounts 
expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. 
The employee benefit liability expected to be settled within 
twelve months from reporting date is recognised in current 
liabilities. The non-current provision relates to entitlements, 
including long service leave, which are expected to be 
payable after twelve months from reporting date and are 
measured as the present value of expected future payments 
to be made in respect of services, employee departures and 
periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted 
using	market	yields	at	reporting	date	on	national	government	
bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as 
closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
Employee benefit on-costs are recognised and included in 
employee benefit liabilities and costs when the employee 
benefits to which they relate are recognised as liabilities.
(ii)  SHARe-BASed PAyMenT TRAnSACTionS
Share-based compensation benefits can be provided to 
employees in the form of equity instruments.
The cost of share-based payments is recognised over the 
period in which the performance and/or service conditions 
are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on 
which the relevant employees become entitled to the award 
(the vesting date).
At each reporting date until vesting, the cumulative charge 
to the income statement is the product of (i) the grant date 
fair value of the award; (ii) the current best estimate of the 
number	of	awards	that	will	vest,	taking	into	account	such	
factors	as	the	likelihood	of	employee	turnover	during	the	
vesting	period	and	the	likelihood	of	non-market	performance	
conditions being met; and (iii) the expired portion of the 
vesting period.
The	market	value	of	equity	instruments	issued	to	employees	
for no cash consideration under the Long Term Incentive 
Plan is recognised as an employee benefits expense over the 
vesting period (refer to Note 31).
Shares purchased, but which have not yet vested to the 
employee as at reporting date are offset against contributed 
equity of the Group (refer to Note 1(U)).
(iii) deFined BeneFiT SuPeRAnnuATion PlAnS
Fairfax Media Limited and certain controlled entities 
participate in a number of superannuation plans.
An asset or liability in respect of defined benefit 
superannuation plans is recognised in the balance sheet, 
and is measured as the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation at the reporting date plus unrecognised actuarial 
gains (less unrecognised actuarial losses), less the fair value 
of the superannuation fund’s assets at that date and any 
unrecognised past service cost. The present value of the 
defined benefit obligation is based on expected future 
payments which arise from membership of the fund to the 
reporting date, calculated annually by independent actuaries 
using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given 
to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of 
employee departures and periods of service. Actuarial gains 
and losses are recognised in retained earnings in the periods 
in which they arise.
Contributions made by the Group to defined contribution 
superannuation funds are charged to the income statement 
in the period the employee’s service is provided.
(iV) TeRMinATion BeneFiTS
Termination benefits are payable when employment is 
terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an 
employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for 
these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits 
when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating the 
employment of current employees according to a detailed 
formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or providing 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage 
voluntary redundancy. 
(V)  BonuS PlAnS
The Group recognises a provision and an expense for 
bonuses where contractually obliged or where there is a past 
practice that has created a constructive obligation.
(U)  CONTRIBUTED EQUITY
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. 
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new 
shares or options are recognised in equity as a reduction 
from the proceeds. Incremental costs directly attributable 
to the issue of new shares for the acquisition of a business 
are not included in the cost of the acquisition as part of the 
purchase consideration.
If the Group reacquires its own equity instruments, e.g. 
under the Long Term Incentive Plan, those instruments are 
deducted from equity.
deBenTuReS
Debentures have been included as equity as the rights 
attaching to them are in all material respects comparable 
to those attaching to the ordinary shares. Such debentures 
are unsecured non-voting securities that have interest 
entitlements equivalent to the dividend entitlements attaching 
to	the	ordinary	voting	shares	and	rank	equally	with	such	
shares on any liquidation or winding up. These interest 
entitlements are treated as dividends.
70
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
The debentures are convertible into shares on a one-for-one 
basis at the option of the holder provided that conversion will 
not result in a breach of any of the following:
(i)  any provision of the Foreign Acquisitions and 
Takeovers	Act	1975;
(ii)	 any	undertaking	given	by	the	Company	to	the	Foreign	
Investment Review Board or at the request of the Foreign 
Investment Review Board from time to time; or
(iii)  any other applicable law including, without limitation the 
Broadcasting Act 1942.
(V)  EARNINGS PER SHARE
BASiC eARninGS PeR SHARe
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the net 
profit attributable to members, adjusted to exclude costs of 
servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the 
financial year, adjusted for any bonus elements in ordinary 
shares issued during the financial year.
diluTed eARninGS PeR SHARe
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the basic 
EPS earnings adjusted by the after tax effect of interest 
and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential 
ordinary shares and the effect on revenues and expenses 
of conversion to ordinary shares associated with dilutive 
potential ordinary shares by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares adjusted 
for any bonus issue. 
(W) SEGMENT REPORTING
An operating segment is a component of an entity that 
engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenues and incur expenses (including revenue and expense 
relating to transactions with other components of the same 
entity), whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the 
entity’s	chief	operating	decision	maker	to	make	decisions	
about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess 
its performance and for which discrete financial information 
is available. Management will also consider other factors in 
determining operating segments such as the existence of a 
line manager and the level of segment information presented 
to the Board of Directors.
Operating segments have been identified based on the 
information	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision	makers,	
being the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer and are disclosed in Note 37.
The group aggregates two or more operating segments 
when they have similar economic characteristics, and the 
segments are similar in each of the following respects:
•	 Nature of the products and services;
•	 Nature of the production processes;
•	 Type or class of customer for the products and services;
•	 Methods used to distribute the products or provide the 
services; and if applicable
•	 Nature of the regulatory environment.
Operating segments that meet the quantitative criteria as 
prescribed by AASB 8 are reported separately. However, 
an operating segment that does not meet the quantitative 
criteria is still reported separately where information about the 
segment would be useful to users of the financial statements.
Information about other business activities and operating 
segments that are below the quantitative criteria are 
combined and disclosed in a separate category for 
“Other segments”.
(X)   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 
AND JUDGEMENTS
The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are 
determined based on estimates and assumptions of future 
events.	The	key	estimates	and	assumptions	that	have	a	
significant	risk	of	causing	a	material	adjustment	to	the	
carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities within 
the next financial year are:
(i) 
iMPAiRMenT oF GoodWill And inTAnGiBleS 
WiTH indeFiniTe uSeFul liVeS
The Group tests annually or at each reporting date 
where there is an indication of impairment. This requires 
an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash 
generating units (CGU), using a value in use methodology, 
as detailed in Note 1(D).
The assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable 
amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and intangibles 
with indefinite useful lives, along with a sensitivity analysis, are 
detailed in Note 14.
(ii)  inCoMe TAxeS
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and 
jurisdictions	where	it	has	foreign	operations.	Judgement	is	
required in determining the Group’s provision for income 
taxes. There are many transactions and calculations 
undertaken	during	the	ordinary	course	of	business	for	which	
the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. 
(iii) SHARe-BASed PAyMenT TRAnSACTionS
The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions 
with employees by reference to the fair value of equity 
instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair 
value is determined by an external independent valuer using a 
Monte Carlo model, using the assumptions detailed in Note 31.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
71
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
1.  sUMMARY OF sIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIEs (CONTINUED)
(iV) deFined BeneFiT PlAnS
Various actuarial assumptions are required when 
determining the Group’s superannuation plan obligations. 
These assumptions and the related carrying amounts are 
discussed in Note 21.
(V)   ReSTRuCTuRinG And RedundAnCy PRoViSion
A provision for restructuring and redundancy has been 
disclosed in Note 20 as a result of the Group having a 
constructive obligation and a detailed formal plan for 
restructuring. 
(Y)  ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS
The	consolidated	entity	is	of	a	kind	referred	to	in	Class	Order	
98/0100, as amended by Class Order 04/667, issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission relating 
to the “rounding off” of amounts in the financial report. 
Amounts in this report have been rounded to the nearest 
thousand dollars in accordance with that Class Order, unless 
otherwise indicated.
(Z) 
 NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND URGENT 
ISSUES GROUP (UIG) INTERPRETATIONS
(i)  CHAnGeS in ACCounTinG PoliCy And 
diSCloSuRe
As	of	25	June	2012,	the	Group	has	adopted	AASB	2011-9	
Amendments	to	Australian	Accounting	Standards	–	AASB	101	
Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income. The 
adoption resulted in a disclosure change in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.
(ii)  ACCounTinG STAndARdS And inTeRPReTATionS 
iSSued BuT noT yeT eFFeCTiVe
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have 
been	published	that	are	not	mandatory	for	30	June	2013	
reporting periods. The Group’s assessment of the impact of 
these new standards and interpretations is as follows:
•	 AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (applicable to 
the	Group	from	1	July	2013) 
This standard broadens the situations where an entity 
is	likely	to	be	considered	to	control	another	entity	and	
includes new guidance for determining control of an entity. 
Based	on	investments	held	at	30	June	2013	there	will	be	no	
impact on the Group.
•	 AASB	11	Joint	Arrangements	(applicable	to	the	Group	
from	1	July	2013) 
This standard uses the principle of control in AASB 
10 to define joint control and removes the option to 
choose to account for jointly controlled entities using the 
proportionate consolidation method or the equity method. 
This standard will have no impact on the Group.
•	 AASB 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (applicable 
to	the	Group	from	1	July	2013) 
The standard introduces new disclosures about the 
judgements made by management to determine whether 
control exists, and to require summarised information about 
joint arrangements, associates and structured entities and 
subsidiaries with non-controlling interests. This standard is 
not expected to have a significant impact on the Group.
•	 AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement (applicable to the Group 
from	1	July	2013) 
The standard establishes a single source of guidance 
for determining the fair value of assets and liabilities. 
This standard is not expected to have a significant 
impact on the Group.
•	 AASB 119 Employee Benefits (applicable to the Group 
from	1	July	2013) 
This amendment revises the accounting for defined benefit 
plans and changes the definition of short-term employee 
benefits. The Group has yet to fully assess the prior year 
impact of this amendment.
•	 AASB 2011-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards to Remove Individual Key Management 
Personnel Disclosure Requirements [AASB 124] (applicable 
to	the	Group	from	1	July	2013) 
This	amendment	deletes	from	AASB	124	individual	key	
management personnel (KMP) disclosure requirements for 
disclosing entities that are not companies. It also removes 
the individual KMP disclosure requirements for all disclosing 
entities in relation to equity holdings, loans and other 
related party transactions. This amendment is not expected 
to have a significant impact on the Group.
•	 AASB 2012-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards	–	Disclosures	–	Offsetting	Financial	Assets	and	
Financial Liabilities [AASB 7 and AASB 132] (applicable to the 
Group	from	1	July	2013) 
This amendment requires disclosure of the effect or 
potential effect of netting arrangements. This amendment 
will have no impact on the Group.
The Group has yet to fully assess the impact the following 
accounting standards and amendments to accounting 
standards will have on the financial statements, when applied 
in future periods:
•	 AASB 2012-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards	–	Offsetting	Financial	Assets	and	Financial	
Liabilities [AASB 132] (applicable to the Group from 30 
June	2014);	and
•	 AASB 9 Financial Instruments (applicable to the Group 
from	29	June	2015).
72
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
2.  REVENUEs
(A)  REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS
Total revenue from sale of goods **
Total revenue from services
Total revenue from operations
(B)  OTHER REVENUE AND INCOME
Interest income
Dividend revenue
Foreign exchange gains
Gains on sale of property, plant and equipment
Gains on sale of controlled entities
Gain on derivative at fair value through profit and loss
Other
Total other revenue and income
Total revenue and income
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
RESTATED *
$’000
 489,764 
 1,520,724 
 2,010,488 
 453,931 
 1,745,950 
 2,199,881 
 11,604 
 112 
 1,541 
 1,011 
 19,830 
 785 
 19 
 34,902 
 10,458 
 142 
 8,767 
 135 
	–	
 3,900 
 1,662 
 25,064 
 2,045,390 
 2,224,945 
* 
 Certain numbers shown here do not correspond to the 2012 financial statements and reflect adjustments due to discontinued operations 
as detailed in Note 5.
**  Revenue from the sale of goods includes revenue from circulation, subscription, printing and printing-related products. Circulation revenue 
will be impacted by fees payable for home delivery of newspapers which were previously netted against revenue in the prior year. 
Following a change in contractual terms, the fees have been disclosed in distribution costs in the current year.
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
3.  ExPENsEs
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
73
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
RESTATED *
$’000
(A)  EXPENSES BEFORE IMPAIRMENT, DEPRECIATION, AMORTISATION AND FINANCE COSTS
Staff costs excluding staff redundancy costs
 786,915 
Redundancy costs
Newsprint and paper
Distribution costs **
Production costs
Promotion and advertising costs
Rent and outgoings
Repairs and maintenance
Outsourced services
Communication costs
Maintenance and other computer costs
Fringe benefits tax, travel and entertainment
Other
Total expenses before impairment, depreciation, amortisation and finance costs
(B)  DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION
Depreciation of freehold property
Depreciation of plant and equipment
Amortisation of leasehold buildings
Amortisation of tradenames
Amortisation of software
Amortisation of customer relationships
Total depreciation and amortisation 
(C)  FINANCE COSTS
External parties
Finance lease
Hedge ineffectiveness
Total finance costs
(D)  DETAILED EXPENSE DISCLOSURES
Operating lease rental expense
Defined contribution superannuation expense
Share-based payment expense
 522 
 165,487 
 151,069 
 157,801 
 107,831 
 63,903 
 29,129 
 3,517 
 19,812 
 25,218 
 25,179 
 154,437 
 1,690,820 
 5,370 
 60,024 
 3,745 
 31 
 29,485 
 2,107 
 100,762 
 56,734 
 4,513 
 5,324 
 66,571 
 43,077 
 53,275 
 1,695 
 844,693 
 199,533 
 209,988 
 138,320 
 183,368 
 109,537 
 59,899 
 29,767 
	–	
 22,174 
 24,352 
 25,468 
 148,258 
 1,995,357 
 5,109 
 65,520 
 4,287 
 28 
 26,155 
 2,379 
 103,478 
 118,954 
 3,896 
 (2,661)
 120,189 
 40,455 
 57,689 
 916 
*  Certain numbers shown here do not correspond to the 2012 financial statements and reflect adjustments due to discontinued operations 
as detailed in Note 5.
**  In the prior year, fees payable for home delivery of newspapers were netted against revenue. Following a change in contractual terms, the 
fees have been disclosed in distribution costs in the current year.
74
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
4.  sIGNIFICANT ITEMs
The net profit after tax includes the following items whose disclosure is relevant in explaining the financial performance of the 
consolidated entity.
Significant items are those items of such a nature or size that separate disclosure will assist users to understand the 
financial statements.
impairment of intangibles, investments, inventories and property, plant and equipment – Comprising:
Impairment of mastheads, goodwill, licences, customer relationships and software
Impairment of investments, inventories and property, plant and equipment
Income tax benefit
impairment of intangibles, investments, inventories and property, plant  
and equipment, net of tax 
Restructuring and redundancy – Comprising:
Restructuring and redundancy charges
Income tax benefit
Restructuring and redundancy, net of tax
Gains on sale of controlled entities – Comprising:
Gain on sale of US Agricultural Media business disclosed in other revenue and income *
Gain on sale of Trade Me business disclosed in net profit from discontinued operations **
Income tax expense
Gains on sale of controlled entities, net of tax 
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 (418,655)
 (2,758,061)
 (37,189)
 11,232 
 (106,120)
 66,689 
 (444,612)
 (2,797,492)
 (4,458)
 1,337 
 (3,121)
 (200,447)
 60,118 
 (140,329)
 19,830 
 283,444 
 – 
 303,274 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
net significant items after income tax 
 (144,459)
 (2,937,821)
*  On 14 November 2012, the Group disposed of the US Agricultural Media business for US$79.9 million.
**  On 21 December 2012, the Group disposed of its remaining 51% interest in Trade Me Group Ltd for proceeds of A$605.5 million net of 
transaction fees. Previous disposals of the Group’s interest in this entity have resulted in a gain on sale of $182.8 million recorded in equity as 
an acquisition reserve while the Group still retained control.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
75
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
5.  DIsCONTINUED OPERATIONs
On 21 December 2012, the Group disposed of its remaining 51% interest in Trade Me Group Ltd for proceeds of A$605.5 million 
net of transaction fees.
The Trade Me business had its own operating segment within the segment reporting disclosures (refer Note 37).
As	at	30	June	2013,	the	Trade	Me	business	has	been	classified	as	a	discontinued	operation.	The	financial	information	presented	
below	is	for	the	period	ended	21	December	2012	and	the	comparative	period	is	for	the	year	ended	24	June	2012.	
Total revenue and income
Share of net profits of associates and joint ventures
Expenses
net profit before income tax expense
Income tax expense
net profit after income tax expense
Gain on sale of discontinued operations *
Income tax expense
2013
$’000
 60,871 
 – 
 (21,229)
 39,642 
 (11,205)
 28,437 
 283,444 
 – 
2012
$’000
 114,243 
 435 
 (34,694)
 79,984 
 (21,002)
 58,982 
	–	
	–	
net profit from discontinued operations after income tax expense 
 311,881 
 58,982 
*  The gain on sale is associated with the disposal of the Group’s 51% interest in Trade Me Group Ltd. Previous disposals of the Group’s 
interest in this entity have resulted in a gain on sale of $182.8 million recorded in equity as an acquisition reserve while the Group still 
retained control.
earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations
Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations
Cash flows of discontinued operations
The net cash flows incurred by discontinued operations are as follows:
Operating
Investing
Financing
net cash (outflow)/inflow
2013
¢ PeR SHARe
2012
¢ PER SHARE
 13.3 
 13.3 
2013
$’000
 2.5 
 2.5 
2012
$’000
 27,010 
 (4,020)
 (26,894)
 (3,904)
 56,489 
 (21,275)
 (9,393)
 25,821
76
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
6. 
INCOME TAx ExPENsE
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
Income tax expense is reconciled to prima facie income tax payable as follows:
Net loss from continuing operations before income tax expense
Net profit from discontinued operations before income tax expense
Profit/(loss) before income tax expense
Prima facie income tax at 30% (2012: 30%)
Tax effect of differences:
Overseas tax rate and accounting differentials
Share of net losses/(profits) of associates and joint ventures
Capital gains not taxable
Non-assessable dividends
(Under)/over provision in respect of current tax in prior financial years
Under provision in respect of deferred tax in prior financial years
Temporary differences not recognised on intangible and other asset write-offs
Non-deductible items
Impact of tax consolidation
Other
income tax expense/(benefit)
Income tax expense/(benefit) for continuing operations
Income tax expense for discontinued operations
income tax expense/(benefit)
The major components of income tax expense in the income statement are:
Current income tax expense
Deferred income tax expense/(benefit)
(Under)/over provision in respect of current tax in prior financial years
income tax expense/(benefit) in the income statement
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 (274,940)
 (2,857,828)
 323,086 
 48,146 
 79,984 
 (2,777,844)
 14,444 
 (833,353)
 (8,030)
 1,313 
 (83,774)
 (5)
 (941)
 (966)
 125,486 
 2,309 
 – 
 (719)
 49,117 
 37,912 
 11,205 
 49,117 
 27,620 
 11,233 
 (941)
 37,912 
 4,289 
 (442)
 (552)
 (11)
 3,420 
 (5,475)
 780,269 
 2,861 
 (2,612)
 (435)
 (52,041)
 (73,043)
 21,002 
 (52,041)
 39,325 
 (115,584)
 3,216 
 (73,043)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Deferred tax related to items charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income during the year:
Unrealised gain/(loss) on available for sale financial assets
Net (loss)/gain on actuarial gains and losses
Net (loss)/gain on revaluation of cash flow hedges
Net gain on hedge of net investment
Net gain on exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
income tax on items of other comprehensive income
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 4 
 (702)
 (1,022)
 5,530 
 20 
 3,830 
 (90)
 1,117 
 3,561 
 1,070 
 4 
 5,662
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
77
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
7.  DIVIDENDs PAID AND PROPOsED 
(A)  ORDINARY SHARES
ConSolidATed
30 June 2013
$’000
CONSOLIDATED
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
CoMPAny
30 June 2013
$’000
COMPANY
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
Interim	2013	dividend:	fully	franked	1.0	cent	–	paid	20	March	2013
(2012:	fully	franked	dividend	2.0	cents	–	paid	21	March	2012)
 23,520 
 47,039 
 23,520 
 47,039 
2012	dividend:	fully	franked	1.0	cent	–	paid	21	September	2012
(2011:	fully	franked	dividend	1.5	cents	–	paid	27	September	2011)
Total dividends paid
 23,520 
 47,040 
 35,279 
 82,318 
 23,520 
 47,040 
 35,279 
 82,318 
(B)  DIVIDENDS PROPOSED AND NOT RECOGNISED AS A LIABILITY
Since	reporting	date	the	Directors	have	declared	a	dividend	of	1.0	cent	per	fully	paid	ordinary	share,	fully	franked	at	the	
corporate tax rate of 30%. The aggregate amount of the dividend to be paid on 17 September 2013 out of profits, but not 
recognised as a liability at the end of the year, is expected to be $23.5 million.
(C)  FRANKED DIVIDENDS
Franking	account	balance	as	at	reporting	date	at	30%	(2012:	30%)
Reduction	in	franking	credits	that	will	arise	from	the	receipt	of	income	tax	receivable	 
balances as at the end of the financial year
Franking	credits	that	will	arise	from	the	payment	of	income	tax	payable	balances	 
as at the end of the financial year
CoMPAny
2013
$’000
COMPANY
2012
$’000
 60,043 
 74,182 
 (3,901)
 (778)
–
Total franking credits available for subsequent financial years based on a tax rate of 30%
 56,142 
 73,404 
On	a	tax-paid	basis,	the	Company’s	franking	account	balance	is	approximately	$60.0	million	(2012:	$74.2	million).	The	impact	on	
the	franking	account	of	the	dividend	declared	by	the	Directors	since	reporting	date	will	be	a	reduction	in	the	franking	account	
of approximately $10.1 million.
78
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
8.  RECEIVABLEs
Current
Trade debtors *
Provision for doubtful debts
Loans and deposits
Prepayments
Other
Total current receivables
non-current
Loans and deposits
Other
Total non-current receivables
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 274,797 
 (10,014)
 264,783 
 3,045 
 11,919 
 18,583 
 316,940 
 (10,059)
 306,881 
 52 
 12,763 
 14,770 
 298,330 
 334,466 
 716 
 330 
 1,046 
 1,539 
 940 
 2,479 
*  Trade debtors are non-interest bearing and are generally on 7 to 45 day terms.
IMPAIRED TRADE DEBTORS
As	at	30	June	2013,	trade	debtors	of	the	Group	with	a	nominal	value	of	$10.0	million	(2012:	$10.1	million)	were	impaired	and	
provided for. No individual amount within the provision for doubtful debts is material. Refer to Note 36(C) for the factors 
considered in determining whether trade debtors are impaired.
As	at	30	June	2013,	an	analysis	of	trade	debtors	that	are	not	considered	impaired	is	as	follows:
Not past due
Past	due	0	–	30	days
Past	due	31	–	60	days
Past 60 days
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 205,999 
 45,960 
 8,291 
 4,533 
 224,013 
 64,103 
 11,633 
 7,132 
 264,783 
 306,881 
Based on the credit history of the trade debtors, it is expected that these amounts will be received. All other receivables are not 
past due and do not contain impaired assets.
Movements in the provision for doubtful debts are as follows:
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Additional provisions
Acquisition of controlled entities
Disposal of controlled entities
Discontinued operations
Receivables written off as uncollectible
Exchange differences
Balance at the end of the financial year
2013
$’000
 10,059 
4,807
 – 
 (80)
 (56)
(4,886)
 170 
 10,014 
2012
$’000
 10,061 
 3,576 
 5 
 (318)
	–	
 (3,290)
 25 
 10,059
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
79
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
9. 
INVENTORIEs
Raw	materials	and	stores	–	at	net	realisable	value
Finished	goods	–	at	cost
Work	in	progress	–	at	cost
Total inventories
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 25,552 
 4,358 
 998 
 30,908 
 31,815 
 4,242 
 565 
 36,622 
During the year, newsprint and paper expense (excluding cartage) of $164.0 million (2012: $208.6 million) was recognised in the 
income statement. 
During the year, a $6.1 million (2012: nil) write down to net realisable value on raw materials and stores was recognised within 
other expenses in the income statement.
10.  AssETs AND LIABILITIEs HELD FOR sALE
(A) Assets held for sale
Freehold land and buildings
Plant and equipment
Fairfax	Community	Network	Ltd	disposal	group
Intangible assets
Other assets
Total assets held for sale
(B) liabilities directly associated with held for sale assets
Fairfax	Community	Network	Ltd	disposal	group
Provisions
Other liabilities
Total liabilities directly associated with held for sale assets
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 6,979 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 6,979 
 8,949 
 514 
 15,262 
 949 
 25,674 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 3,918 
 1,038 
 4,956 
FReeHold lAnd And BuildinGS
Assets	held	for	sale	comprise	properties	in	Australia	and	New	Zealand	that	are	being	actively	marketed	and	for	which	the	sale	is	
highly probable. During the current year, three of these properties were sold.
Prior to being transferred to held for sale, the properties are remeasured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less 
costs to sell. An impairment charge of $0.5 million (2012: nil) was recognised in the income statement against the assets.
FAiRFAx CoMMuniTy neTWoRk lTd diSPoSAl GRouP
On	13	July	2012,	the	sale	of	Fairfax	Community	Network	Ltd	was	completed.	
80
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
11.  OTHER FINANCIAL AssETs
CURRENT
Loan receivable
Total current other financial assets
NON-CURRENT
Shares	in	unlisted	entities	–	at	fair	value
Loan receivable
Total non-current other financial assets
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 4,386 
 4,386 
 3,914 
 3,914 
 67 
 6,155 
 6,222 
 67 
 10,701 
 10,768 
The loan receivable has quarterly repayments, consisting of both interest and principal, and matures on 30 September 2015.
12.  INVEsTMENTs ACCOUNTED FOR UsING THE EqUITY METHOD
Shares in associates
Shares in joint ventures
Total investments accounted for using the equity method
(A)  INTERESTS IN ASSOCIATES
NAME OF COMPANY
Australian Associated Press Pty Ltd
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
News agency business and 
information service
Digital Radio Broadcasting Melbourne Pty Ltd (i) Digital audio broadcasting
Digital Radio Broadcasting Perth Pty Ltd
Digital audio broadcasting
Digital Radio Broadcasting Brisbane Pty Ltd
Digital audio broadcasting
Digital Radio Broadcasting Sydney Pty Ltd (i)
Digital audio broadcasting
Earth Hour Limited
Environmental promotion
Homebush Transmitters Pty Ltd
Rental of a transmission facility
MMP Holdings Pty Ltd (ii)
Newspaper House Limited (iii)
New Zealand Press Association Ltd
NGA.net Pty Ltd
Perth FM Facilities Pty Ltd
Community newspaper publisher
Property ownership
News agency business and financial 
information service
Provider of e-recruitment software 
to corporations
Rental of a transmission facility
The	Video	Network	Pty	Ltd	(iv)
Internet	delivered	television	network
Times Newspapers Limited
Xchange IT Software Pty Ltd
Xchange IT Newsagents Pty Ltd
Newspaper publishing
Provider of EDI software
Provider of EDI software
NOTE
(A)
(B)
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 63,103 
 17,387 
 80,490 
 12,671 
 18,140 
 30,811
OWNERSHIP	INTEREST
PLACE OF 
INCORPORATION
 30 June 2013
	24	JUNE	2012
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
47.0%
18.2%
33.3%
25.0%
11.3%
33.3%
50.0%
50.01%
 – 
49.2%
24.6%
33.3%
28.6%
49.9%
33.3%
25.0%
47.0%
18.2%
33.3%
25.0%
11.3%
33.3%
50.0%
	–	
45.5%
49.2%
24.6%
33.3%
	–	
49.9%
33.3%
25.0%
(i)  The Group has significant influence in the entity due to its right to participate in policy setting for the entity.
(ii)	 Investment	was	acquired	on	13	July	2012.	The	Group	does	not	have	control	of	this	company	as	it	does	not	have	power	to	govern	the	financial	
and	operating	policies	of	the	company,	such	as	power	over	budget,	operational	plans	and	appointment	and	removal	of	key	personnel.	
The investment has been classified as an associate, rather than a joint venture, as all significant decisions do not require unanimous consent.
(iii) Company was deregistered on 23 April 2013.
(iv) Investment was acquired on 21 December 2012.
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
12.  INVEsTMENTs ACCOUNTED FOR UsING THE EqUITY METHOD (CONTINUED)
(i) Share of associates’ profits
Revenue
Loss before income tax expense
Non-recurring impairment charge in associate
Income tax (expense)/benefit
net loss after income tax expense
(ii) Share of associates’ assets and liabilities
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
81
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
RESTATED (v)
$’000
 76,193 
 (1,856)
 (2,805)
 (96)
 (4,757)
 18,205 
 30,685 
 48,890 
 13,627 
 3,280 
 16,907 
 44,586 
 (1,029)
	–	
 29 
 (1,000)
 15,136 
 24,158 
 39,294 
 11,057 
 4,315 
 15,372 
(v)  Certain income statement numbers shown here do not correspond to the 2012 financial statements and reflect adjustments due to 
discontinued operations as detailed in Note 5.
(B)  INTERESTS IN JOINT VENTURES
NAME OF COMPANY
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
OWNERSHIP	INTEREST
PLACE OF 
INCORPORATION
 30 June 2013
	24	JUNE	2012
Dog Lovers Show Pty Limited
Organisation of canine industry exhibitions
Australia
Farm Progress/VX LLC (vi)
Organisation of agricultural events
Fermax Distribution Company Pty Ltd
Letterbox distribution of newspapers
Gilgandra Newspapers Pty Ltd
Newspaper publishing and printing
Gippsland Regional Publications Partnership Newspaper publishing and printing
Torch Publishing Company Pty Ltd 
Newspaper publishing and printing
USA
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
(vi) Investment was disposed as part of the US Agricultural Media business sale on 14 November 2012.
(i) Share of joint ventures’ profits
Revenues
Expenses
Profit before income tax expense
Income tax expense
net profit after income tax expense
(ii) Share of joint ventures’ assets and liabilities
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
(C)  SHARE OF NET (LOSSES)/PROFITS OF ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES
(Loss)/profit before income tax expense
Income tax expense
net (loss)/profit after income tax expense
50.0%
 – 
50.0%
50.0%
50.0%
50.0%
50.0%
50.0%
50.0%
50.0%
50.0%
50.0%
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 11,257 
 (8,631)
 2,626 
 (108)
 2,518 
 4,786 
 16,466 
 21,252 
 1,223 
 257 
 1,480 
 (2,035)
 (204)
 (2,239)
 11,274 
 (8,812)
 2,462 
 (151)
 2,311 
 4,107 
 16,990 
 21,097 
 1,198 
 339 
 1,537 
 1,433 
 (122)
 1,311
82
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
13.  AVAILABLE FOR sALE INVEsTMENTs
Listed	equity	securities	–	at	fair	value
Total available for sale investments
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 1,929 
 1,929 
 1,991 
 1,991 
Available for sale investments consist of investments in ordinary shares at fair value and have no fixed maturity date. 
During the year, an impairment charge of $0.4 million was recognised in the income statement due to a significant decline in 
the share price in respect of one investment.
14.  INTANGIBLE AssETs
Mastheads and tradenames 
Goodwill
Radio licences 
Software 
Customer relationships 
Total intangible assets
RECONCILIATIONS
30 June 2013
$’000
 966,223 
 294,385 
 114,037 
 56,840 
 6,549 
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 1,286,843 
 1,009,085 
 121,637 
 76,006 
 8,474 
 1,438,034 
 2,502,045 
Reconciliations of the carrying amount of each class of intangible at the beginning and end of the current financial year 
are set out below:
 MASTHEADS & 
TRADENAMES 
$’000
NOTE
	GOODWILL	
$’000
RADIO
 LICENCES
$’000
	SOFTWARE	
$’000
 CUSTOMER 
RELATIONSHIPS 
$’000
 TOTAL
$’000
At 26 June 2011
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
net carrying amount
Period ended 24 June 2012
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Additions
Capitalisations	from	works	in	progress
15
Reallocation from purchase price 
accounting 
Disposals
Assets classified as held for sale
Acquisition through business combinations
Amortisation for continuing operations
3(B)
Amortisation for discontinued operations
Impairment
Exchange differences
At 24 June 2012, net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment
 3,714,053 
 2,468,101 
 (459,657)
 (669,083)
 3,254,396 
 1,799,018 
 156,678 
 (24,461)
 132,217 
 253,229 
 (182,205)
 71,024 
 8,008 
 6,600,069 
 (4,555)
 (1,339,961)
 3,453 
 5,260,108 
 3,254,396 
 1,799,018 
 132,217 
 1,443 
	–	
	–	
	–	
 (15,211)
 2,895 
 (28)
	–	
 46 
	–	
 (8,263)
 (2,000)
 (11)
 6,518 
	–	
	–	
 (1,963,624)
 (794,295)
 6,972 
 8,072 
	–	
	–	
	–	
 (10,580)
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 71,024 
 17,011 
 7,843 
 2,899 
 (134)
 (40)
 5,675 
 (26,155)
 (2,113)
 (251)
 247 
 3,453 
 5,260,108 
	–	
	–	
 7,384 
	–	
	–	
	–	
 18,500 
 7,843 
 2,020 
 (12,714)
 (15,262)
 15,088 
 (2,379)
 (28,562)
	–	
	–	
 16 
 (2,113)
 (2,758,170)
 15,307 
 1,286,843 
 1,009,085 
 121,637 
 76,006 
 8,474 
 2,502,045 
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
83
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
14.  INTANGIBLE AssETs (CONTINUED)
 MASTHEADS & 
TRADENAMES 
$’000
NOTE
	GOODWILL	
$’000
RADIO
 LICENCES
$’000
	SOFTWARE	
$’000
 CUSTOMER 
RELATIONSHIPS 
$’000
 TOTAL
$’000
At 24 June 2012
Cost
 3,692,719 
 2,455,250 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
 (2,405,876)
 (1,446,165)
net carrying amount
 1,286,843 
 1,009,085 
 143,700 
 (22,063)
 121,637 
 269,976 
 (193,970)
 76,006 
 15,417 
 6,577,062 
 (6,943)
 (4,075,017)
 8,474 
 2,502,045 
Period ended 30 June 2013
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Additions
Capitalisations	from	works	in	progress
15
Disposals
Discontinued operations
Disposal of controlled entities
Acquisition through business combinations
Amortisation for continuing operations
3(B)
Amortisation for discontinued operations
Impairment
Exchange differences
At 30 June 2013, net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment
At 30 June 2013
Cost
 1,286,843 
 1,009,085 
 121,637 
 76,006 
 8,474 
 2,502,045 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (26,199)
 (585,939)
 (26,196)
 1,766 
 (23,143)
 13,872 
 (31)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 7,954 
 9,364 
 (286)
 (8,814)
 (96)
 2,154 
 (29,485)
 (2,010)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
–
 375 
 (2,107)
 – 
 7,954 
 9,364 
 (286)
 (620,952)
 (49,435)
 18,167 
 (31,623)
 (2,010)
 (280,100)
 (130,706)
 (7,600)
 – 
 (249)
 (418,655)
 10,140 
 11,216 
 – 
 2,053 
 56 
 23,465 
 966,223 
 294,385 
 114,037 
 56,840 
 6,549 
 1,438,034 
 3,707,070 
 1,809,157 
 143,700 
 276,874 
 15,921 
 5,952,722 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
 (2,740,847)
 (1,514,772)
 (29,663)
 (220,034)
 (9,372)
 (4,514,688)
net carrying amount
 966,223 
 294,385 
 114,037 
 56,840 
 6,549 
 1,438,034 
The carrying value of intangibles should be considered with reference to accounting policies described in Note 1(D) and (E). 
The carrying value of intangible assets is an area of significant accounting estimate and judgement as described in Note 1(X) 
of the Group’s accounting policies. The assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable amount and the sensitivities around 
the	key	assumptions	are	outlined	in	(i)-(ii)	below.
iMPAiRMenT oF CASH GeneRATinG uniTS (CGu) inCludinG GoodWill And indeFiniTe liFe ASSeTS
(i) 
A CGU is the grouping of assets at the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. CGU Groups are an 
aggregation of CGUs which have similar characteristics. The recoverable amount of each CGU which includes goodwill or 
indefinite life intangibles has been tested.
The value in use calculations prepared by the company use discounted cash flow methodology. Key components of the 
calculation and the basis for each component are set out below:
year 1 cash flows
This is based upon the annual budget for 2014 which includes the impact of the Fairfax of the Future program.
year 2 and 3 cash flows
These cash flows are forecast using year 1 as a base and a growth or decline factor applied to revenue and expenses in years 
2	and	3.	The	rate	of	change	takes	account	of	management’s	best	estimate	of	the	likely	results	in	these	periods,	industry	
forecasts, historical actual rates and the impact of the Fairfax of the Future restructure. Revenue declines of between 3% and 
8.5% have been used in publishing where management expect the cyclical downturn and structural change to continue. 
In	the	digital	businesses,	revenue	growth	of	5%	to	25%	depending	on	the	maturity	of	the	market,	has	been	adopted	including	
the introduction of digital subscription models. Expenses have been adjusted to account for the revenue growth or decline, 
Fairfax of the Future restructuring and other committed management initiatives.
Terminal growth factor
A terminal growth factor that estimates the long term average growth for that CGU is applied to the year 3 cash flows into 
perpetuity. A rate of 3.5% (2012: 3.5%) has been used for digital cash flows. Metropolitan Media, Australian Regional Media, 
New Zealand Media and Printing Operations were calculated at nil growth (2012: Regional/New Zealand 2.5%; Metropolitan/
Printing nil) and Broadcasting calculated at 2.5% (2012: 2.5%).
84
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
14.  INTANGIBLE AssETs (CONTINUED)
discount rate
The	discount	rate	is	an	estimate	of	the	post-tax	rate	that	reflects	current	market	assessment	of	the	time	value	of	money	and	
the	risks	specific	to	the	CGU.	The	post-tax	discount	rates	applied	to	the	CGU	Groups’	cash	flow	projections	were	in	a	range	
producing a mid point of 11.0% for Australian and 10.9% for New Zealand Media (2012: Aust: 11.5%; NZ: 11.2%), 12.9% for Australian 
Online (2012: 12.8%) and 12.7% for New Zealand Online (2012: 12.6%).
Each of the above factors is subject to significant judgement about future economic conditions and the ongoing structure of 
the publishing and digital industries. Specifically, the Directors note that the extent and duration of the current cyclical downturn 
in advertising is difficult to predict. The Directors have applied their best estimates to each of these variables but cannot warrant 
their outcome. To assess the impact of this significant uncertainty, and the range of possible outcomes, sensitivity analysis is 
disclosed below.
(ii)  iMPACT oF PoSSiBle CHAnGe in key ASSuMPTionS
Holding all assumptions constant, if year 1 cash flow forecasts declined by 5%, an additional impairment in aggregate of $50 
million would arise for the Regional, Metropolitan, Agricultural and New Zealand CGU Groups. If year 1 cash flow forecasts 
increased by 5%, in aggregate, the impairment would be reduced by $34 million. 
Holding all assumptions constant, if year 3 cash flow forecasts declined by 5%, an additional impairment in aggregate of $64 
million would arise for the Regional, Metropolitan, Agricultural and New Zealand CGU Groups. If year 3 cash flow forecasts 
increased by 5%, in aggregate, the impairment would be reduced by $21 million.
Holding all assumptions constant, if the discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was increased by 0.5%, an additional 
impairment of $59 million would arise for the Regional, Metropolitan, Agricultural and New Zealand CGU Groups. If the rate was 
decreased by 0.5%, the impairment would be reduced by $25 million.
Holding all assumptions constant, if terminal growth factors were reduced by a further 0.5% across all CGU’s then a further 
impairment of $49 million would arise for the Regional, Metropolitan, Agricultural and New Zealand CGU Groups. If terminal 
growth factors were increased by 0.5% across all CGU’s then the impairment would be reduced by $22 million.
(iii) AlloCATion oF GoodWill, liCenCeS, MASTHeAdS And TRAdenAMeS To CGuS
For	the	financial	year	ended	30	June	2013,	goodwill,	licences,	mastheads	and	tradenames	were	allocated	to	the	CGU	Groups	
below. The table below also indicates which operating segment each CGU Group belongs to. Operating segments are defined 
at	Note	1(W)	and	Note	37	with	further	disclosure	on	the	results	for	each	operating	segment.
At 30 June 2013
Allocation to CGu Groups
Metropolitan Media
Australian Digital Transactions
Australian Regional Media
Agricultural Media 
Broadcasting
New Zealand Media
OPERATING SEGMENT
Metropolitan Media
Metropolitan Media
Fairfax Regional Media
Fairfax Regional Media
Broadcasting
New Zealand Media
LICENCES,
MASTHEADS AND
TRADENAMES
$’000
GOODWILL	
$’000
 33,041 
 205,159 
 – 
 – 
 56,185 
 – 
 393,389 
 18,739 
 283,519 
 122,333 
 114,037 
 148,243 
 TOTAL 
$’000
 426,430 
 223,898 
 283,519 
 122,333 
 170,222 
 148,243 
Total goodwill, licences, mastheads and tradenames
 294,385 
 1,080,260 
 1,374,645 
At 24 June 2012
Allocation to CGu Groups
Metropolitan Media
Australian Digital Transactions
Australian Regional Media
Agricultural Media 
Broadcasting
New Zealand Media
OPERATING SEGMENT
Metropolitan Media
Metropolitan Media
Fairfax Regional Media
Fairfax Regional Media
Broadcasting
New Zealand Media
Trade Me (discontinued operation)
Trade Me
LICENCES,
MASTHEADS AND
TRADENAMES
$’000
GOODWILL	
$’000
 33,041 
 192,057 
 121,987 
 31,861 
 56,185 
	–	
 573,954 
 393,390 
 23,750 
 473,453 
 232,747 
 121,637 
 137,790 
 25,713 
Total goodwill, licences, mastheads and tradenames
 1,009,085
 1,408,480 
 TOTAL 
$’000
 426,431 
 215,807 
 595,440 
 264,608 
 177,822 
 137,790 
 599,667 
 2,417,565
 
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
15.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EqUIPMENT
Freehold land and buildings
At cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Total freehold land and buildings
leasehold buildings
At cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Total leasehold buildings
Plant and equipment
At cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Total plant and equipment
Capital works in progress – at cost
Total property, plant and equipment
RECONCILIATIONS
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
85
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 273,198 
 (59,774)
 213,424 
 257,582 
 (38,220)
 219,362 
 110,574 
 (70,785)
 39,789 
 103,904 
 (36,166)
 67,738 
 1,061,360 
 (868,862)
 192,498 
 1,083,690 
 (831,535)
 252,155 
 33,222 
 7,749 
 478,933 
 547,004 
Reconciliations of the carrying amount of each class of property, plant and equipment during the financial year 
are set out below:
At 26 June 2011
Cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
net carrying amount
Period ended 24 June 2012
Balance at beginning of financial year
Additions/capitalisations
Capitalisation to software
Disposals
Acquisition through business combinations
Depreciation for continuing operations
Depreciation for discontinued operations
Assets classified as held for sale
Impairment
Exchange differences
At 24 June 2012, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment
At 24 June 2012
Cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
net carrying amount
CAPITAL	WORKS
IN PROGRESS
$’000
NOTE
 FREEHOLD 
LAND &
BUILDINGS
$’000
LEASEHOLD
BUILDINGS
$’000
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
$’000
TOTAL
$’000
 16,547 
	–	
 16,547 
 16,547 
 (936)
 (7,843)
 (38)
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 19 
 267,103 
 (34,530)
 232,573 
 232,573 
 781 
	–	
 (2,654)
	–	
 (5,109)
	–	
 (6,881)
	–	
 652 
 100,101 
 (25,285)
 74,816 
 1,112,149 
 (713,739)
 398,410 
 1,495,900 
 (773,554)
 722,346 
 74,816 
 3,274 
	–	
 (181)
 11 
 (4,287)
	–	
 (96)
 (6,039)
 240 
 398,410 
 23,917 
	–	
 (2,044)
 185 
 (65,520)
 (1,912)
 (783)
 722,346 
 27,036 
 (7,843)
 (4,917)
 196 
 (74,916)
 (1,912)
 (7,760)
 (100,559)
 (106,598)
 461 
 1,372 
 7,749 
 219,362 
 67,738 
 252,155 
 547,004 
14
3(B)
10
 7,749 
	–	
 7,749 
 257,582 
 (38,220)
 219,362 
 103,904 
 1,083,690 
 (36,166)
 67,738 
 (831,535)
 252,155 
 1,452,925 
 (905,921)
 547,004 
86
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
15.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EqUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
CAPITAL	WORKS
IN PROGRESS
$’000
NOTE
 FREEHOLD 
LAND &
BUILDINGS
$’000
LEASEHOLD
BUILDINGS
$’000
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
$’000
Period ended 30 June 2013
Balance at beginning of financial year
Additions/capitalisations
Capitalisation to software
Disposals
Disposal of controlled entities
Discontinued operations
Acquisition through business combinations
Depreciation for continuing operations
Depreciation for discontinued operations
Assets classified as held for sale
Reclasses between asset categories
Impairment
Exchange differences
At 30 June 2013, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment
At 30 June 2013
Cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
net carrying amount
14
3(B)
10
 7,749 
 35,715 
 (9,364)
 – 
 – 
 (1,047)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 123 
 – 
 46 
 219,362 
 2,313 
 – 
 (259)
 (979)
 – 
 1,350 
 (5,370)
 – 
 1,052 
 4,838 
 (11,430)
 2,547 
 67,738 
 762 
 – 
 – 
 (209)
 (46)
 4 
 252,155 
 13,130 
 – 
 (2,132)
 (406)
 (3,111)
 1,218 
TOTAL
$’000
 547,004 
 51,920 
 (9,364)
 (2,391)
 (1,594)
 (4,204)
 2,572 
 (3,745)
 (60,024)
 (69,139)
 – 
 – 
 2,692 
 (27,534)
 127 
 (1,114)
 524 
 (7,653)
 (1,967)
 1,878 
 (1,114)
 1,576 
 – 
 (40,931)
 4,598 
 33,222 
 213,424 
 39,789 
 192,498 
 478,933 
 33,222 
 – 
 33,222 
 273,198 
 (59,774)
 213,424 
 110,574 
 (70,785)
 39,789 
 1,061,360 
 1,478,354 
 (868,862)
 (999,421)
 192,498 
 478,933 
During the current year, an impairment charge of $40.9 million was recorded on property, plant and equipment. This impairment primarily 
relates	to	leasehold	improvements	and	freehold	land	and	buildings	at	various	sites	in	the	Group’s	print	network.	The	impairment	was	
recognised following a review of the fair value less costs to sell.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
87
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
16.  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INsTRUMENTs
Current assets
Cross	currency	swap	–	cash	flow	hedge
Cross	currency	swap	–	net	investment	hedge
Forward contracts
Call option derivative
Total current derivative assets
non-current assets
Cross	currency	swap	–	cash	flow	hedge
Cross	currency	swap	–	net	investment	hedge
Call option derivative
Total non-current derivative assets
Current liabilities
Interest	rate	swap	–	cash	flow	hedge
Cross	currency	swap	–	cash	flow	hedge
Cross	currency	swap	–	fair	value	hedge
Forward contracts
Obligation under put option *
Total current derivative liabilities
non-current liabilities
Interest	rate	swap	–	cash	flow	hedge
Cross	currency	swap	–	fair	value	hedge
Cross	currency	swap	–	cash	flow	hedge
Obligation under put option *
Total non-current derivative liabilities
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 3,193 
 5,617 
 1,808 
 400 
 11,018 
 7,107 
 708 
 – 
 7,815 
 4,381 
 598 
 35,741 
 822 
 6,436 
 47,978 
 19,453 
 7,290 
 196 
 – 
 26,939 
	–	
	–	
 123 
	–	
 123 
 2,464 
 23,976 
 600 
 27,040 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
–
	–	
 27,243 
 59,172 
 1,792 
 7,421 
 95,628 
*	 Present	value	of	exercise	price	of	the	put	option	over	subsidiary	shares.	The	put	and	the	call	option	are	exercisable	in	the	period	July	2013	–	
September 2013.
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce the exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign 
currency rates.
The	Group	formally	designates	hedging	instruments	to	an	underlying	exposure	and	details	the	risk	management	objectives	
and	strategies	for	undertaking	hedge	transactions.	The	Group	assesses	at	inception	and	on	a	semi-annual	basis	thereafter,	as	
to	whether	the	derivative	financial	instruments	used	in	the	hedging	transactions	are	effective	at	offsetting	the	risks	they	are	
designed to hedge. Due to the high effectiveness between the hedging instrument and underlying exposure being hedged, 
value changes in the derivatives are generally offset by changes in the fair value or cash flows of the underlying exposure. Any 
derivatives not formally designated as part of a hedging relationship are fair valued with any changes in fair value recognised in 
the income statement.
The	derivatives	entered	into	are	over	the	counter	instruments	within	liquid	markets.
HEDGING ACTIVITIES
(i)  CASH FloW HedGeS – inTeReST RATe And CRoSS CuRRenCy SWAPS
At	30	June	2013,	the	Group	held	cross	currency	swaps	designated	as	hedges	of	future	contracted	interest	payments	on	the	
USD	denominated	senior	notes	issued	in	July	2007.	The	cross	currency	swaps	are	being	used	to	hedge	a	combination	of	future	
movements in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.
88
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
16.  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INsTRUMENTs (CONTINUED)
At	30	June	2013,	the	notional	principal	amounts	and	period	of	expiry	of	the	swaps	for	each	counterparty	are	as	follows:
Pay	fixed,	receive	floating	–	AUD$59.5m
Pay	fixed,	receive	floating	–	AUD$59.5m
INTEREST RATE
MATURITY DATE
10	July	2017
10	July	2017
2013
7.52%
7.46%
2012
7.52%
7.46%
The contracts require settlement on interest receivable semi-annually and interest payable each 90 days. These dates coincide 
with the interest payable dates on the underlying Senior Notes.
At	30	June	2013,	the	Group	held	an	interest	rate	swap	designated	as	hedging	the	future	contracted	interest	payments	on	AUD	
denominated	bank	borrowings.	The	interest	rate	swap	is	being	used	to	hedge	future	movements	in	interest	rates.
At	30	June	2013,	the	notional	principal	amount	and	period	of	expiry	of	the	swap	is	as	follows:
Pay	fixed,	receive	floating	–	AUD$125m
INTEREST RATE
MATURITY DATE
12 October 2015
2013
6.52%
2012
6.52%
The contract requires settlement on interest receivable and interest payable each 90 days. These dates coincide with the 
interest	payable	dates	on	the	underlying	AUD	denominated	bank	borrowings.
At	30	June	2013,	the	above	hedges	were	assessed	to	be	highly	effective	with	a	combined	unrealised	gain	in	fair	value	of	$1.7	
million (2012: $8.3 million loss) recognised in equity for the period. During the period an unrealised loss of $0.4 million (2012: $0.1 
million unrealised gain) was recognised in the income statement attributable to the ineffective portion of the cash flow hedges.
During the year there was no gain or losses transferred from equity to the income statement (2012: $1.2 million gain).
(ii)  CASH FloW HedGeS – FoReiGn exCHAnGe ConTRACTS
During the year, forward exchange contracts were used by the Group to hedge future foreign capital and non-capital purchase 
commitments across the Australian and New Zealand business. The contracts are timed to mature as payments are scheduled 
to	be	made	to	suppliers.	At	30	June	2013,	the	Group	held	forward	exchange	contracts	of	$1.0	million	(2012:	$0.1	million).	
The foreign currency contracts are considered to be fully effective hedges as they are matched against the highly probable 
foreign	capital	and	non-capital	purchases	with	any	gain	or	loss	on	the	contracts	taken	directly	to	equity.	When	the	contract	
is delivered, the Group will adjust the initial measurement of any component recognised on the balance sheet by the related 
amount deferred in equity.
During the current and prior financial period there was no material ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement 
attributable to cash flow hedges of foreign exchange contracts.
(iii) FAiR VAlue HedGeS
At	30	June	2013,	the	Group	held	cross	currency	swap	agreements	designated	as	hedging	changes	in	the	underlying	value	
of USD denominated senior notes (refer to Note 19). The terms of certain cross currency swap agreements exchange USD 
obligations into AUD obligations and other agreements exchange USD obligations into NZD obligations. The latter are also 
designated to hedge value changes in the Group’s New Zealand controlled entities, as discussed in Note (iv) below.
At	30	June	2013,	the	cross	currency	swap	agreements	had	a	combined	derivative	liability	position	of	$43.0	million	(2012:	
$59.2 million).
The cross currency swaps are designated based on matched terms to the debt and also have the same maturity profile as the 
USD denominated senior notes.
The terms of these cross currency swaps are as follows:
Pay	floating	AUD	receive	fixed	USD	–	USD$125m
Pay	floating	AUD	receive	floating	USD	–	USD$25m
Pay	floating	NZD	receive	fixed	USD	–	USD$50m
Pay	floating	NZD	receive	fixed	USD	–	USD$90m
Pay	floating	NZD	receive	fixed	USD	–	USD$40m
MATURITY DATE
10	July	2014
10	July	2014
15	January	2014
15	January	2016
15	January	2019
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
89
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
16.  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INsTRUMENTs (CONTINUED)
For the Group, the remeasurement of the hedged items resulted in a loss before tax of $21.4 million (2012: $11.0 million loss) and 
the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments resulted in a gain before tax of $16.1 million (2012: $14.6 million gain) 
resulting in a net loss before tax of $5.3 million (2012: $3.6 million gain) recorded in finance costs.
(iV) neT inVeSTMenT HedGeS
The NZD/USD cross currency swap agreements have also been designated to hedge the net investment in New Zealand 
controlled	entities	acquired	as	part	of	the	acquisition	of	the	business	assets	of	Independent	News	Limited	in	June	2003.
At	30	June	2013,	the	hedges	were	assessed	to	be	highly	effective	with	an	unrealised	loss	of	$12.9	million	(2012:	$2.5	million	loss)	
recognised in equity. During the current financial period there was an unrealised loss of $0.8 million (2012: $0.2 million gain) 
recognised in the income statement attributable to the ineffective portion of the net investment hedges.
17.  DEFERRED TAx AssETs AND LIABILITIEs
(A)  RECOGNISED DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
ASSETS
LIABILITIES
NET
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
Property, plant and equipment
 11,607 
 16,117 
Inventories
Investments
Intangible assets
Other assets
Provisions
Payables
Other liabilities
Tax losses
Other 
Gross deferred tax assets/liabilities
Set-off of deferred tax assets/liabilities
net deferred tax assets/liabilities
 – 
 – 
 6,286 
 16,946 
 62,524 
 10,669 
 9,747 
 8,144 
 1,415 
 127,338 
 (19,443)
 107,895 
	–	
	–	
 6,278 
 18,792 
 100,620 
 15,004 
 4,917 
	–	
 2,853 
 164,581 
 (42,051)
 122,530 
 10,111 
 3,055 
 515 
 5,038 
 4,182 
 – 
 – 
 475 
 – 
 (352)
 23,024 
 (19,443)
 3,581 
 22,275 
 3,121 
 1,133 
 13,018 
 17,487 
	–	
	–	
 393 
	–	
 (151)
 57,276 
 (42,051)
 15,225 
 1,496 
 (3,055)
 (515)
 1,248 
 12,764 
 62,524 
 10,669 
 9,272 
 8,144 
 1,767 
 104,314 
 – 
 (6,158)
 (3,121)
 (1,133)
 (6,740)
 1,305 
 100,620 
 15,004 
 4,524 
	–	
 3,004 
 107,305 
	–	
 104,314 
 107,305 
(B)  MOVEMENT IN TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Investments
Intangible assets
Other assets
Provisions
Payables
Other liabilities
Tax losses
Other 
BALANCE
24	JUNE	2012
RECOGNISED
ON
ACQUISITION
RECOGNISED
IN INCOME
RECOGNISED
IN EQUITY
BALANCES
DISPOSED
DISCONTINUED
OPERATIONS
 BAlAnCe
30 June 2013
 (6,158)
 (3,121)
 (1,133)
 (6,740)
 1,305 
 100,620 
 15,004 
 4,524 
	–	
 3,004 
 107,305 
 (102)
	–	
	–	
 (113)
	–	
 195 
 47 
	–	
	–	
 4 
 31 
 7,659 
 66 
 614 
 (647)
 10,205 
 (38,078)
 (4,058)
 4,881 
 8,144 
 (19)
 (11,233)
	–	
	–	
 4 
	–	
 4,190 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 (1,211)
 2,983 
 55 
	–	
	–	
 8,748 
 (1,987)
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 42 
	–	
	–	
	–	
 (949)
 (213)
 (324)
 (133)
	–	
 (11)
 1,496 
 (3,055)
 (515)
 1,248 
 12,764 
 62,524 
 10,669 
 9,272 
 8,144 
 1,767 
 6,816 
 (1,588)
 104,314 
90
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
17.  DEFERRED TAx AssETs AND LIABILITIEs (CONTINUED)
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Investments
Intangible assets
Other assets
Provisions
Payables
Other liabilities
Other 
BALANCE
	26	JUNE	2011
RECOGNISED
ON
ACQUISITION
RECOGNISED
IN INCOME
RECOGNISED
IN EQUITY
BALANCES
DISPOSED
DISCONTINUED
OPERATIONS
 BALANCE
	24	JUNE	2012
 (32,625)
 (3,155)
 (10,915)
 (32,350)
 (1,689)
 50,001 
 12,152 
 4,530 
 2,748 
 (11,303)
 7 
	–	
	–	
 (2,215)
	–	
 240 
 9 
	–	
	–	
 26,410 
 34 
 9,872 
 27,825 
 (567)
 50,618 
 2,865 
 (6)
 (587)
 (1,959)
 116,464 
	–	
	–	
 (90)
	–	
 3,561 
	–	
	–	
	–	
 843 
 4,314 
 50 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 (239)
 (22)
	–	
	–	
 (211)
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 (6,158)
 (3,121)
 (1,133)
 (6,740)
 1,305 
 100,620 
 15,004 
 4,524 
 3,004 
 107,305 
(C)  TAX LOSSES AND FUTURE DEDUCTIBLE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES
The Group has realised Australian capital losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognised on the balance sheet of $280.0 
million (2012: $216.5 million) which are available indefinitely for offset against future capital gains subject to continuing to meet 
relevant statutory tests.
The Group has deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset is recognised on the balance sheet of $770.2 
million (2012: $684.7 million). 
(D)  FUTURE ASSESSABLE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES
At	30	June	2013,	there	are	no	material	unrecognised	future	assessable	temporary	differences	associated	with	the	Group’s	
investments in associates or joint ventures, as the Group has no material liability should the associates or joint ventures retained 
earnings be distributed (2012: Nil).
18.  PAYABLEs
Trade and other payables *
Interest payable
Income in advance
Total current payables
*  Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30 day terms.
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 160,726 
 9,445 
 65,748 
 235,919 
 204,233 
 12,038 
 66,366 
 282,637
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
19.  INTEREsT BEARING LIABILITIEs
Current interest bearing liabilities – unsecured
Other loans
Senior notes
Other
Finance lease liability
Total current interest bearing liabilities
non-current interest bearing liabilities – unsecured
Bank	borrowings
Other loans
Senior notes
Other
Finance lease liability
Total non-current interest bearing liabilities
neT deBT FoR FinAnCiAl CoVenAnT PuRPoSeS
Cash and cash equivalents
Current interest bearing liabilities
Non-current interest bearing liabilities
Derivative financial instruments liabilities *
net debt for financial covenant purposes
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
91
NOTE
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
(C)
(D)
(D)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(D)
 277,700 
 2,185 
 4,438 
 284,323 
	–	
 2,308 
 4,131 
 6,439 
 123,548 
 718,177 
 220,508 
 466,302 
 3,819 
 6,014 
 6,003 
 10,452 
 353,889 
 1,200,934 
 (533,531)
 284,323 
 353,889 
 49,812 
 154,493 
 (358,364)
 6,439 
 1,200,934 
 65,089 
 914,098 
*   Debt hedging instruments are measured against the undiscounted contractual AUD cross currency swap obligations and therefore may 
not equate to the values disclosed in the balance sheet (inclusive of transaction costs).
(A)  FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
The	Group	net	debt	for	financial	covenant	purposes,	taking	into	account	all	debt	related	derivative	financial	instruments,	was	
$154.5	million	as	at	30	June	2013	(2012:	$914.1	million).
The Group has sufficient unused committed facilities and cash at the reporting date to finance maturing current interest bearing 
liabilities. The Group has a number of finance facilities which are guaranteed by Fairfax Media Limited and are covered by deeds 
of negative pledge.
(B)  BANK BORROWINGS
A	$441.6	million	syndicated	bank	facility	(2012:	$1,155.6	million)	is	available	to	the	Group	maturing	in	April	2015.	At	30	June	2013,	
$125.0	million	was	drawn	down	(2012:	$590.0	million).	The	interest	rate	for	drawings	under	this	facility	is	the	applicable	bank	bill	
rate plus a credit margin.
(C)  SENIOR NOTES
The	Group	issued	Senior	Notes	in	the	US	private	placement	market	with	a	principal	value	of	US$230	million	(A$289.8	million)	
in	January	2004	with	a	fixed	coupon	of	between	4.7%	p.a.	and	5.9%	p.a.	payable	semi-annually	in	arrears.	The	interest	and	
principal on the Senior Notes are payable in US dollars and were swapped into floating rate New Zealand dollars and floating 
rate	Australian	dollars	via	cross	currency	swaps.	This	issue	of	Senior	Notes	comprises	maturities	ranging	from	January	2011	
to	January	2019.	In	January	2011	Senior	Notes	of	US$50	million	were	repaid.	The	weighted	average	maturity	of	the	issue	is	
approximately	2.7	years.	The	applicable	cross	currency	swap	credit	margin	includes	the	cost	of	hedging	all	currency	risk	and	
future interest and principal repayments on a quarterly basis.
92
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
19.  INTEREsT BEARING LIABILITIEs (CONTINUED)
The	Group	issued	further	Senior	Notes	in	the	US	private	placement	market	with	a	principal	value	of	US$250	million	(A$308.2	
million)	in	July	2007	comprising	maturities	ranging	from	July	2013	to	July	2017.	The	weighted	average	maturity	of	this	issue	is	
approximately 2.1 years. The issued notes include fixed rate coupon notes, paying a weighted average coupon of 6.9% p.a. semi-
annually in arrears, and floating rate coupon notes. The interest and principal on the Senior Notes are payable in US dollars and 
were swapped into fixed and floating rate Australian dollars via cross currency swaps. An additional 1.0% p.a. step up margin is 
payable	on	the	coupons,	effective	from	10	July	2009.
Refer to Note 39 for details of events that have occurred subsequent to reporting date in relation to the early redemption of 
the Senior Notes.
(D)  OTHER LOANS AND FINANCE LEASE LIABILITY
The Chullora printing facility in Sydney is partially financed by a finance lease facility and loans with a maturity date of 30 
September 2015. This comprises a finance lease of $10.5 million (2012: $14.6 million), which was entered into in February 1996, 
and principal and interest outstanding of $6.0 million (2012: $8.3 million) in the form of a fixed rate loan with an established 
repayment schedule.
20.  PROVIsIONs
Current
Employee benefits
Defamation 
Property
Restructuring and redundancy
Other
Total current provisions
non-current
Employee benefits
Property
Restructuring and redundancy
Other
Total non-current provisions
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 92,198 
 3,072 
 686 
 94,640 
 723 
 191,319 
 12,529 
 40,433 
 – 
 980 
 99,385 
 2,849 
 576 
 90,889 
 188 
 193,887 
 14,750 
 37,539 
 97,016 
	–	
 53,942 
 149,305 
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
93
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
20. PROVIsIONs (CONTINUED)
RECONCILIATION
Reconciliations of the carrying amount of each class of provision, other than employee benefits, during the financial year 
are set out below:
At 24 June 2012
Current
Non-current
Total provisions, excluding employee benefits
Period ended 30 June 2013
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Additional provision
Utilised
Transfers from liabilities classified as held for sale
Discontinued operations
Exchange differences
DEFAMATION
$’000
PROPERTY
$’000
RESTRUCTURING 
AND
REDUNDANCY
$’000
 2,849 
	–	
 2,849 
 2,849 
 1,751 
 (1,528)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 576 
 37,539 
 38,115 
 38,115 
 4,603 
 (1,619)
 – 
 (54)
 74 
 90,889 
 97,016 
 187,905 
 187,905 
 522 
 (96,018)
 2,083 
 – 
 148 
OTHER
$’000
 188 
	–	
 188 
 188 
 1,896 
 (381)
 – 
 – 
 – 
Balance at end of the financial year
 3,072 
 41,119 
 94,640 
 1,703 
At 30 June 2013
Current
Non-current
Total provisions, excluding employee benefits
NATURE AND TIMING OF PROVISIONS
 3,072 
 – 
 3,072 
 686 
 40,433 
 41,119 
 94,640 
 – 
 94,640 
 723 
 980 
 1,703 
(i)  eMPloyee BeneFiTS
Provisions for employee benefits include liabilities for annual leave and long service leave and are measured at the amounts 
expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled, refer to Note 1(T)(i).
(ii)  deFAMATion
From time to time, entities in the Group are sued for defamation and similar matters in the ordinary course of business. The 
defamation provision maintained is with respect to various matters across the Group. At the date of this report there were no 
legal actions against the consolidated entity that have not been adequately provided for or that are expected to have a material 
impact on the Group.
(iii) PRoPeRTy
The	provision	for	property	costs	is	in	respect	of	make	good	provisions,	deferred	lease	incentives	and	onerous	lease	provisions.	
The	make	good	provisions	and	deferred	lease	incentives	are	amortised	over	the	shorter	of	the	term	of	the	lease	or	the	useful	
life of the assets, being up to sixteen years. 
(iV) ReSTRuCTuRinG And RedundAnCy
The provision is in respect of amounts payable in connection with restructuring and redundancies, including termination 
benefits, on-costs, outplacement and consultancy services.
(V)  oTHeR
Other provisions includes various other costs relating to the business.
94
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
21.  PENsION AssETs AND LIABILITIEs
SUPERANNUATION PLAN
The Group contributes to defined contribution and defined benefit plans which provide benefits to employees and their 
nominated dependants on retirement, disability or death. All defined benefit plans are closed to new members.
The superannuation arrangements in Australia are managed in a sub-plan of the Mercer Super Trust, called Fairfax Media 
Super. The Trustee of the Trust is Mercer Investment Nominees Limited. The superannuation arrangements in New Zealand 
are	managed	by	AoN	Consulting	New	Zealand	Limited	in	three	funds	–	Fairfax	NZ	Retirement	Fund,	Fairfax	New	Zealand	
Superannuation Fund and Fairfax NZ Senior Executive Superannuation Scheme. All New Zealand funds have defined 
contribution plans and the Fairfax NZ Retirement Fund has a defined benefit section. 
The defined contribution plans receive fixed contributions from employees and from Group companies and the Group’s legally 
enforceable obligation is limited to these contributions. The defined benefit plans receive employee contributions plus Group 
company contributions at rates recommended by the plans’ actuaries.
The following sets out details in respect of the defined benefit plans only and in the case of the Fairfax NZ Retirement Fund, 
excludes $59.2 million (2012: $49.8 million) of defined contribution assets and entitlements.
(A)  BAlAnCe SHeeT
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:
Pension assets
Pension liabilities
net pension liabilities
Present value of the defined benefit plan obligation
Fair value of defined benefit plan assets
net pension liabilities
NOTE
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 709 
 (1,273)
 (564)
 (14,128)
 13,564 
 (564)
 149 
 (3,933)
 (3,784)
 (21,974)
 18,190 
 (3,784)
 (B) 
(C)
(B)  ReConCiliATion oF THe PReSenT VAlue oF deFined BeneFiT PlAn oBliGATion
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
 21,974 
 22,644 
Current service cost
Interest cost
Contributions by employees
Actuarial (gains)/losses
Benefits paid
Taxes, premiums and expenses paid
Exchange differences on foreign plans
Curtailments
Settlements
Balance at the end of the financial year 
(C)  ReConCiliATion oF THe FAiR VAlue oF deFined BeneFiT PlAn ASSeTS
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Expected return on plan assets
Actuarial losses/(gains) 
Contributions by Group companies and employees
Benefits paid
Taxes, premiums and expenses paid
Exchange differences on foreign plans
Settlements
Balance at the end of the financial year 
 768 
 497 
 160 
 (463)
 (3,376)
 (109)
 24 
 (924)
 (4,423)
 14,128 
 18,190 
 1,131 
 1,890 
 204 
 (3,376)
 (109)
 57 
 (4,423)
 13,564 
 917 
 999 
 234 
 2,364 
 (1,585)
 (590)
 4 
 (410)
 (2,603)
 21,974 
 19,309 
 1,257 
 (1,368)
 3,761 
 (1,585)
 (590)
 9 
 (2,603)
 18,190 
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
21.  PENsION AssETs AND LIABILITIEs (CONTINUED)
(d)  AMounTS ReCoGniSed in inCoMe STATeMenT
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
Current service cost
Interest cost
Curtailments
Expected return on plan assets
Total included in employee benefits expense
Actual return on plan assets
(e)  CATeGoRieS oF PlAn ASSeTS
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
95
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 768 
 497 
 (924)
 (1,131)
 (790)
 917 
 999 
 (410)
 (1,257)
 249 
 2,527 
 (40)
The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of the fair value of the total defined benefit plan assets are as follows:
Cash
Australian equities
Overseas equities
Fixed interest securities
Property
Other
(F)  PRinCiPAl ACTuARiAl ASSuMPTionS
The principal actuarial assumptions used (expressed as weighted averages) were as follows:
Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets
Future salary increases
30 June 2013
%
24	JUNE	2012
%
 26 
 18 
 26 
 17 
 4 
 9 
2013
%
 2.7 
 6.8 
 4.0 
 6 
 25 
 28 
 19 
 7 
 15 
2012
%
 2.6 
 7.0 
 4.0 
The expected rate of return on assets has been determined by weighting the expected long term return for each class by the 
target allocation of assets to each asset class. This resulted in a 6.8% p.a. rate of return, net of tax and expenses (2012: 7.0% p.a.). 
(G)  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
Employer contributions to the defined benefit section of the plans are based on recommendations by the plans’ actuaries. 
Actuarial assessments are made at two yearly intervals for Australia and the last actuarial assessment of Fairfax Media Super 
was	carried	out	as	at	1	July	2012	by	Mercer	Human	Resource	Consulting	Pty	Ltd.	Actuarial	assessments	are	made	at	three	
yearly intervals for New Zealand and the last actuarial assessment of Fairfax NZ Retirement Fund was carried out as at 1 April 
2011 by AoN Consulting New Zealand Limited. Fairfax New Zealand Superannuation Fund and Fairfax NZ Senior Executive 
Superannuation Scheme are defined contribution funds and do not require an actuarial assessment.
The objective of funding is to ensure that the benefit entitlements of members and other beneficiaries are fully funded by 
the	time	they	become	payable.	To	achieve	this	objective,	the	actuary	has	adopted	a	method	of	funding	benefits	known	as	
the	aggregate	funding	method.	This	funding	method	seeks	to	have	benefits	funded	by	means	of	a	total	contribution	which	
is	expected	to	be	a	constant	percentage	of	members’	salaries	over	their	working	lifetimes.
Total employer contributions expected to be paid by Group companies for the 2014 financial year are $0.9 million.
96
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
21.  PENsION AssETs AND LIABILITIEs (CONTINUED)
(H)  NET FINANCIAL POSITION OF PLAN
In accordance with AAS 25 Financial Reporting by Superannuation Plans the plans’ net financial position is determined as 
the	difference	between	the	present	value	of	the	accrued	benefits	and	the	net	market	value	of	plan	assets.	This	has	been	
determined	as	a	deficit	of	$2	million	at	the	most	recent	financial	position	of	the	plans,	being	1	July	2012	for	Australia	and	
1	April	2011	for	New	Zealand.	In	accordance	with	the	actuarial	assessment	of	Fairfax	Media	Super	as	at	1	July	2012,	additional	
contributions are being made to meet the financing objective of the plan.
The Directors, based on the advice of the trustees of the plan, are not aware of any changes in circumstances since the date of 
the	most	recent	financial	statements	of	the	plans	(1	July	2012	for	Australia	and	1	April	2011	for	New	Zealand),	which	would	have	
a material impact on the overall financial position of the defined benefit plan.
(I)  HISTORIC SUMMARY
Defined benefit plan obligation
Defined benefit plan assets
deficit
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities
Experience adjustments arising on plan assets
22.  CONTRIBUTED EqUITY
2009
$’000
 (20,560)
 17,875 
 (2,685)
 (1,513)
 6,283 
2010
$’000
 (21,512)
 16,712 
 (4,800)
 1,551 
 (756)
2011
$’000
 (22,644)
 19,309 
 (3,335)
 (490)
 (585)
2012
$’000
 (21,974)
 18,190 
 (3,784)
	–	
 1,184 
2013
$’000
 (14,128)
 13,564 
 (564)
 795 
 (841)
ordinary shares
2,351,955,725 ordinary shares authorised and fully paid (2012: 2,351,955,725)
unvested employee incentive shares
11,723,026 unvested employee incentive shares (2012: 11,723,026)
debentures
281 debentures fully paid (2012: 281)
Total contributed equity
*  Amount is less than $1000
30 June 2013
$’000
NOTE
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
(A)
 4,667,944 
 4,667,944 
(B)
 (21,696)
 (21,696)
(C)
 * 
 * 
 4,646,248 
 4,646,248
RECONCILIATIONS
Movements for each class of contributed equity, by number of shares and dollar value, are set out below:
(A)  ORDINARY SHARES
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Balance at end of the financial year
30 June 2013
no. oF SHAReS
24	JUNE	2012
NO. OF SHARES
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 2,351,955,725 
 2,351,955,725 
 2,351,955,725 
 2,351,955,725 
 4,667,944 
 4,667,944 
 4,667,944 
 4,667,944 
(B)  UNVESTED EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE SHARES
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Balance at end of the financial year
 11,723,026 
 11,723,026 
 11,723,026 
 11,723,026 
 (21,696)
 (21,696)
 (21,696)
 (21,696)
 
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
97
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
22. CONTRIBUTED EqUITY (CONTINUED)
 (C) DEBENTURES 
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Balance at end of the financial year
Total contributed equity
*  Amount is less than $1000
30 June 2013
no. oF SHAReS
24	JUNE	2012
NO. OF SHARES
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 281 
 281 
 281 
 281 
 * 
 * 
 * 
 * 
 2,363,678,751 
 2,363,678,751 
 4,646,248 
 4,646,248
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRIBUTED EQUITY
(A)  oRdinARy SHAReS
Ordinary shares entitle the holder to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of winding up the Company, to participate 
in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held. Ordinary 
shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person, or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company. 
(B)  unVeSTed eMPloyee inCenTiVe SHAReS
Shares in Fairfax Media Limited are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust for the purpose of issuing shares under 
the Long Term Incentive Plan. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to one 
vote per share at a meeting of the Company.
(C)  deBenTuReS
Debenture holders terms and conditions are disclosed in Note 1(U).
23.  REsERVEs
Asset revaluation reserve, net of tax
Foreign currency translation reserve, net of tax
Cashflow hedge reserve, net of tax
Net investment hedge reserve, net of tax
Share-based payment reserve, net of tax
Acquisition reserve
General reserve
Total reserves
(A)  ASSET REVALUATION RESERVE
Balance at beginning of the financial year 
Revaluation of available for sale investments
Impairment losses transferred to the income statement
Tax effect on available for sale investments
Balance at end of the financial year 
(B)  FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION RESERVE
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Exchange differences on currency translation
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of tax
Tax effect of net changes on foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at end of the financial year 
30 June 2013
$’000
NOTE
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
 41 
 (132,599)
 (4,703)
 (10,232)
 8,799 
 181,048 
 (6,837)
 35,517 
 (259)
 (61)
 357 
 4 
 41 
 (259)
 (219,528)
 (7,088)
 2,669 
 7,764 
 177,759 
 (6,837)
 (45,520)
 506 
 (675)
	–	
 (90)
 (259)
 (219,528)
 28,033 
 58,876 
 20 
 (233,884)
 14,356 
	–	
	–	
 (132,599)
 (219,528)
98
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
23. REsERVEs (CONTINUED)
(C)  CASHFLOW HEDGE RESERVE
Balance at beginning of the financial year 
Gains/(losses) arising during the year on interest rate and cross currency swaps
Gains arising during the year on currency forward contracts
Reclassification adjustments for gains included in the income statement
Tax effect of net changes on cashflow hedges
Balance at end of the financial year 
(D)  NET INVESTMENT HEDGE RESERVE
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Effective portion of changes in value of net investment hedges
Tax effect on net investment hedges
Balance at end of the financial year 
(E)  SHARE-BASED PAYMENT RESERVE
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Share-based payment expense
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of tax
Tax effect on share-based payment expense
Balance at end of the financial year 
(F)  ACQUISITION RESERVE
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
Disposal of non-controlling interest in subsidiary
Tax effect of disposal of non-controlling interest in subsidiary
Balance at end of the financial year 
(G)  GENERAL RESERVE
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Balance at end of the financial year 
nATuRe And PuRPoSe oF ReSeRVeS
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 (7,088)
 2,543 
 864 
 – 
 (1,022)
 (4,703)
 2,669 
 (18,431)
 5,530 
 (10,232)
 7,764 
 2,038 
 (495)
 (508)
 8,799 
 177,759 
 (3,005)
 6,294 
 – 
 181,048 
 1,220 
 (10,731)
 82 
 (1,220)
 3,561 
 (7,088)
 5,167 
 (3,568)
 1,070 
 2,669 
 6,971 
 1,068 
	–	
 (275)
 7,764 
 563 
 717 
 187,321 
 (10,842)
 177,759 
 (6,837)
 (6,837)
 (6,837)
 (6,837)
(A)  Asset revaluation reserve
The asset revaluation reserve is used to record increments and decrements on the revaluation of non-current assets. From 
1	July	2004,	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	investments	classified	as	available	for	sale	investments	are	recognised	in	the	asset	
revaluation reserve, as described in Note 1(M).
(B)  Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled 
entities and associated funding of foreign controlled entities, as described in Note 1(F).
(C)  Cashflow hedge reserve
The hedging reserve is used to record the portion of gains and losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is 
determined to be an effective hedge, as described in Note 1(N). Refer to further disclosures at Note 16.
(d)  net investment hedge reserve
The net investment hedge reserve is used to record gains and losses on a hedging instruments in a fair value hedge, as 
described in Note 1(N). Refer to further disclosures at Note 16.
(e)  Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the fair value of shares issued but not vested and transfers to fund the 
acquisition of Share Trust shares, as described in Note 1(T)(ii).
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
99
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
23. REsERVEs (CONTINUED)
(F)  Acquisition reserve
The acquisition reserve is used to record differences between the carrying value of non-controlling interests and the 
consideration paid/received, where there has been a transaction involving non-controlling interests that does not result in a loss 
of control. The reserve is attributable to the equity of the parent.
(G)  General reserve
The general reserve is used to record Stapled Preference Share (SPS) issue costs that have been transferred from contributed 
equity. The SPS were repurchased on 29 April 2011.
24.  RETAINED PROFITs
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Net loss for the financial year
Actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit plans, net of tax
Dividends paid
Balance at end of the financial year
25.  EARNINGs PER sHARE
Basic earnings per share 
Net loss attributable to owners of the parent
Net loss from continuing operations
diluted earnings per share 
Net loss attributable to owners of the parent
Net loss from continuing operations
earnings reconciliation – basic
Net loss attributable to owners of the parent
Net loss from continuing operations
earnings reconciliation – diluted
Net loss attributable to owners of the parent
Net loss from continuing operations
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic ePS 
NOTE
30 June 2013
$’000
 (2,805,566)
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 11,764 
 (16,432)
 (2,732,397)
 1,651 
7
 (47,040)
 (2,615)
 (82,318)
 (2,867,387)
 (2,805,566)
30 June 2013
¢ PeR SHARe
24	JUNE	2012
¢ PER SHARE
 (0.7)
 (13.3)
 (0.7)
 (13.3)
 (116.2)
 (118.4)
 (116.2)
 (118.4)
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 (16,432)
 (312,852)
 (2,732,397)
 (2,784,785)
 (16,432)
 (312,852)
 (2,732,397)
 (2,784,785)
30 June 2013
nuMBeR
’000
24	JUNE	2012
NUMBER 
$’000
 2,351,956 
 2,351,956 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted ePS
 2,351,956 
 2,351,956
100
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
26.  COMMITMENTs
OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS – GROUP AS LESSEE
The Group has entered into commercial leases on office and warehouse premises, motor vehicles and office equipment. 
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases as at the period end are as follows:
Within	one	year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years
Total operating lease commitments
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 39,861 
 122,219 
 284,111 
 446,191 
 41,805 
 140,921 
 311,320 
 494,046
Non-cancellable leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases can be 
renegotiated. The leases have remaining terms of between five and sixteen years. All property leases include a clause to enable 
upward	revision	of	the	rental	charge	on	an	annual	basis	according	to	prevailing	market	conditions.
FINANCE LEASE COMMITMENTS – GROUP AS LESSEE
The Group has a finance lease for property, plant and machinery with a carrying amount of $8.2 million (2012: $28.9 million). 
The lease has a remaining term of two years (2012: three years) and a weighted average interest rate of 13.3% (2012: 13.3%). 
Future minimum lease payments under the finance lease together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments 
are as follows:
Within	one	year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years
Minimum lease payments
Less future finance charges
Total finance lease liability
MINIMUM
PAYMENTS
2013
$’000
 5,076 
 6,344 
 – 
 11,420 
 (968)
 10,452 
NOTE
 19(D) 
PRESENT 
VALUE OF
PAYMENTS
2013
$’000
 4,438 
 6,014 
 – 
 10,452 
–
 10,452 
MINIMUM
PAYMENTS
PRESENT 
VALUE OF
PAYMENTS
2012
$’000
 5,076 
 11,420 
	–	
 16,496 
(1,913) 
 14,583 
2012
$’000
 4,131 
 10,452 
–
 14,583 
–
 14,583 
CONTINGENT RENTALS UNDER FINANCE LEASE
A component of the finance lease payments are contingent on movements in the consumer price index. At reporting date, 
the rent payable over the remaining lease term of two years which is subject to such movements amounts to $10.4 million 
(2012: $14.4 million). 
CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
At	30	June	2013,	the	Group	has	commitments	principally	relating	to	the	purchase	of	property,	plant	and	equipment.	
Commitments contracted for at reporting date but not recognised as liabilities are as follows:
Within	one	year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years
Total capital commitments
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 30,407 
 1,322 
 – 
 – 
	–	
	–	
 30,407 
 1,322 
Commitments	contracted	at	reporting	date	include	a	$29.1	million	upgrade	to	the	regional	printing	network.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
101
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
27.  CONTINGENCIEs
GUARANTEES
Under the terms of ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended), the Company and certain controlled entities (refer Note 28), have 
guaranteed any deficiency of funds if any entity to the class order is wound-up. No such deficiency exists at reporting date.
The	Group	has	provided	a	bank	guarantee	of	$2.5	million	in	relation	to	a	property	sublease	for	a	period	of	30	months	
commencing	4	July	2013.
DEFAMATION
From time to time, entities in the Group are sued for defamation and similar matters in the ordinary course of business. At the 
date of this report, there were no legal actions against the consolidated entity, other than those recognised at Note 20, that are 
expected to result in a material impact.
28.  CONTROLLED ENTITIEs
The following entities were controlled as at the end of the financial year:
OWNERSHIP	INTEREST
Fairfax Media Limited
ConTRolled enTiTieS
2GTHR Pty Ltd
ACN 000 128 281 Pty Ltd
ACN 000 834 257 Pty Ltd
ACN 001 004 815 Pty Ltd
ACN 001 260 671 Pty Ltd
ACN 091 950 462 Pty Ltd
ACN 101 806 302 Pty Ltd
ACN 113 587 527 Pty Ltd
Agricultural Publishers Pty Limited
Allure Media Pty Ltd
Associated Newspapers Ltd
Aussie Destinations (1) Pty Ltd
Australian Property Monitors Pty Limited
AZXC Pty Ltd
Border Mail Printing Pty Ltd
Bridge Printing Office Pty Limited
Carpentaria Newspapers Pty Ltd
Central Districts Field Days Limited
Commerce Australia Pty Ltd
Communication Associates Limited 
Country Publishers Pty Ltd
CountryCars.com.au Pty Ltd
Creative House Publications Pty Ltd
David Syme & Co Pty Limited
Debt Retrieval Agency Limited
Examiner Properties Pty Ltd
Fairfax Business Media (South Asia) Pte Ltd
Fairfax Business Media Pte Ltd
Fairfax Business Media Sdn. Bhd.
Fairfax Community Newspapers Pty Limited
Fairfax Corporation Pty Limited
NOTES
(a)
(a), (b)
(n)
(h)
(m)
(l)
(j)
(a)
(k)
(a)
(a), (b)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(g)
(a)
(f)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
COUNTRY OF
 INCORPORATION
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
Singapore
Singapore
Malaysia
Australia
Australia
2013
%
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 100 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 60 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
2012
%
	–	
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
	–	
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 60 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
102
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
28. CONTROLLED ENTITIEs (CONTINUED)
Fairfax Digital Holdings NZ Limited
Fairfax Digital Assets NZ Limited
Fairfax Digital Australia & New Zealand Pty Limited
Fairfax Digital Limited
Fairfax Group Finance New Zealand Limited
Fairfax Media (UK) Limited
Fairfax Media Group Finance Pty Limited
Fairfax Media Management Pty Limited
Fairfax Media Operations Limited
Fairfax Media Productions UK Limited
Fairfax Media Publications Pty Limited
Fairfax New Zealand Holdings Limited
Fairfax New Zealand Limited
Fairfax	News	Network	Pty	Limited
Fairfax OF Limited
Fairfax OSI Limited
Fairfax Print Holdings Pty Limited
Fairfax Printers Pty Limited
Fairfax	Radio	Network	Pty	Limited
Fairfax Radio Syndication Pty Limited
Fairfax Regional Media (Tasmania) Pty Limited
Fairfax Regional Printers Pty Limited
Farm Progress Companies, Inc
Farm Progress Holding Co, Inc
Farm Progress Insurance Services, Inc
Financial Essentials Pty Ltd
Find a Babysitter Pty Ltd
Golden Mail Pty Limited
Gunnedah Publishing Co Pty Ltd
Harris and Company Pty Limited
Harris Enterprises Pty Ltd
Harris Print Pty Ltd
Hunter	Distribution	Network	Pty	Ltd
Illawarra Newspapers Holdings Pty Ltd
Indiana Prairie Farmer Insurance Services, Inc
Integrated Publication Solutions Pty Limited
Internet	Marketing	Australia	Pty	Ltd	
Internet Products Sales & Services Pty Ltd
InvestSMART Financial Services Pty Ltd
John	Fairfax	&	Sons	Ltd
John	Fairfax	(US)	Limited
John	Fairfax	Limited
Lime Digital Pty Limited
Mackamedia	Pty	Ltd
Mamiko	Co	Pty	Ltd
Mayas Pty Ltd
Mayas Unit Trust
Media Investments Pty Ltd
Micosh Pty Ltd
OWNERSHIP	INTEREST
NOTES
COUNTRY OF
 INCORPORATION
2013
%
New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
United Kingdom
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
United Kingdom
Australia
New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia
New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
United States
United States
United States
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
United States
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
United States
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 66 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
2012
%
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 66 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
28. CONTROLLED ENTITIEs (CONTINUED)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
103
OWNERSHIP	INTEREST
Miller Publishing Co, Inc
Milton Ulladulla Publishing Co. Pty Ltd
Mistcue Pty Limited
MMP	Community	Network	Limited
Mountain Press Pty Ltd
Namoi	Media	&	Marketing	Pty	Ltd
Netus Pty Ltd
Newcastle Newspapers Pty Ltd
Newsagents Direct Distribution Pty Ltd
North Australian News Pty Ltd
Northern Newspapers Pty Ltd
NZ Rural Press Limited
Occupancy Pty Limited
Ollority Pty Ltd
Online	Marketing	Group	Pty	Limited
OSF Australia Pty Limited
Personal Investment Direct Access Pty Limited
Port Lincoln Times Pty Ltd
Port Stephens Publishers Pty Ltd
Port Stephens Publishers Trust
Queensland Community Newspapers Pty Ltd
Radio 1278 Melbourne Pty Limited
Radio 2UE Sydney Pty Ltd
Radio	3AW	Melbourne	Pty	Limited
Radio 4BC Brisbane Pty Limited
Radio 4BH Brisbane Pty Limited
Radio 6PR Perth Pty Limited
Radio 96FM Perth Pty Limited
Regional Press Australia Pty Limited
Regional Printers Pty Limited
Regional Publishers (Tasmania) Pty Ltd
Regional Publishers (Victoria) Pty Limited
Regional	Publishers	(Western	Victoria)	Pty	Limited
Regional Publishers Pty Ltd
RSVP.com.au Pty Limited
Rural Press (USA) Inc
Rural Press (USA) Limited
Rural Press Printing (Victoria) Pty Limited
Rural Press Printing Pty Limited
Rural Press Pty Limited
Rural Press Queensland Pty Ltd
Rural	Press	Regional	Media	(WA)	Pty	Limited
Rural Publishers Pty Limited
Southern	Weekly	Partnership
S.A. Regional Media Pty Limited
Satellite Music Australia Pty Limited 
Stayz Limited
Stayz Pty Limited
Stock	Journal	Publishers	Pty	Ltd
NOTES
(d)
(a)
(c), (i)
(a)
(a), (b)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(g)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(d)
(d)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
COUNTRY OF
 INCORPORATION
United States
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
United States
United States
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
2013
%
 – 
 100 
 65 
 – 
 88 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 97 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 75 
 100 
 100 
 97 
 97 
 100 
2012
%
 100 
 100 
 65 
 100 
 88 
 100 
	–	
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 95 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 75 
 100 
 100 
 95 
 95 
 100 
104
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
28. CONTROLLED ENTITIEs (CONTINUED)
Suzannenic Pty Limited
The Advocate Newspaper Proprietary Limited
The Age Company Pty Ltd
The Age Print Company Pty Limited
The Barossa News Pty Limited
The Border Morning Mail Pty Limited
The Border News Partnership
The Federal Capital Press of Australia Pty Limited
The Independent News Pty Ltd
TheVine.com.au Pty Limited
The	Wagga	Daily	Advertiser	Pty	Ltd
The	Warrnambool	Standard	Pty	Ltd
The	Weather	Company	Pty	Limited
Trade Me Group Ltd
Trade Me Ltd
Tricom Group Pty Ltd
Weatherzone	Japan	LLC
West	Australian	Rural	Media	Pty	Ltd
West	Australian	Primary	Industry	Press	Pty	Ltd
Western	Magazine	Pty	Ltd
Western	Magazine	Settlement	Trust
Whyalla	News	Properties	Pty	Ltd
Winbourne	Pty	Limited
OWNERSHIP	INTEREST
NOTES
COUNTRY OF
 INCORPORATION
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(e)
(e)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia
Japan
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
2013
%
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 63 
 100 
 100 
 70 
 100 
 100 
 75 
 – 
 – 
 100 
 75 
 100 
 100 
 75 
 75 
 100 
 100 
2012
%
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 63 
 100 
 100 
 70 
 100 
 100 
 75 
 51 
 51 
 100 
 75 
 100 
 100 
 75 
 75 
 100 
 100
(a)   The Company and the controlled entities incorporated within Australia are party to Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) issued by the 
Australian	Securities	&	Investment	Commission.	These	entities	have	entered	into	a	Deed	of	Cross	Guarantee	dated	June	2007	(as	varied	
from time to time) under which each entity guarantees the debts of the others. These companies represent a ‘Closed Group’ for the 
purposes of the Class Order and there are no other members of the ‘Extended Closed Group’. Under the Class Order, these entities have 
been relieved from the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 with regard to the preparation, audit and publication of accounts. 
(b)   Acquired on 21 December 2012.
(c)	 This	company	was	formerly	called	Fairfax	Community	Network	Ltd	and	was	disposed	on	13	July	2012.	
(d)  Disposed on 14 November 2012.
(e)  Disposed on 21 December 2012.
(f)	 Amalgamated	with	Fairfax	New	Zealand	Limited	on	1	July	2012.
(g)  Amalgamated with Fairfax New Zealand Limited on 1 October 2012.
(h)  This company was formerly called Cudgegong Newspapers Pty Ltd.
(i)	 This	company	was	formerly	called	Fairfax	Community	Network	Limited.
(j)  This company was formerly called Fairfax Media Operations Pty Limited.
(k)	 This	company	was	formerly	called	Fairfax	New	Zealand	Finance	Pty	Limited.
(l)  This company was formerly called Leeton Newspapers Pty Ltd.
(m)  This company was formerly called Riverina Newspapers (Griffith) Pty Ltd.
(n)  This company was formerly called The Murrumbidgee Irrigator Pty Ltd.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
105
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
28. CONTROLLED ENTITIEs (CONTINUED)
DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE
Fairfax Media Limited and certain wholly-owned entities (the ‘Closed Group’) identified at (a) above are parties to a Deed of 
Cross Guarantee under ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended). Pursuant to the requirements of that Class Order, a summarised 
consolidated	income	statement	for	the	period	ended	30	June	2013	and	consolidated	balance	sheet	as	at	30	June	2013,	
comprising the members of the Closed Group after eliminating all transactions between members are set out below:
(A)  BALANCE SHEET
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories
Derivative assets
Assets held for sale
Income tax receivable
Other financial assets
Total current assets
non-current assets
Receivables
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Available for sale investments
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Derivative assets
Deferred tax assets
Other financial assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Derivative liabilities
Liabilities directly associated with held for sale assets
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Derivative liabilities
Provisions
Pension liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
net assets
equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained losses
Total equity
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 449,780 
 244,349 
 25,394 
 11,018 
 3,176 
 3,200 
 4,386 
 56,029 
 263,250 
 31,756 
 123 
 18,268 
 14,345 
 3,914 
 741,303 
 387,685 
 19,611 
 80,396 
 1,929 
 1,213,572 
 406,958 
 7,815 
 109,159 
 647,107 
 2,486,547 
 3,227,850 
 176,052 
 284,323 
 41,957 
 – 
 175,630 
 – 
 677,962 
 258,134 
 30,551 
 1,991 
 1,637,134 
 470,352 
 27,040 
 119,635 
 1,042,873 
 3,587,710 
 3,975,395 
 203,475 
 6,439 
	–	
 4,956 
 180,090 
 2,595 
 397,555 
 353,889 
 1,070,560 
 26,939 
 51,467 
 1,273 
 433,568 
 1,111,530 
 89,607 
 146,534 
 3,933 
 1,310,634 
 1,708,189 
 2,116,320 
 2,267,206 
 4,646,248 
 4,646,248 
 (66,921)
 (2,463,007)
 2,116,320 
 (53,283)
 (2,325,759)
 2,267,206 
106
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
28. CONTROLLED ENTITIEs (CONTINUED)
(B)  INCOME STATEMENT
Total revenue 
Share of net profits of associates and joint ventures
Expenses before finance costs
Finance costs
net loss from operations before income tax expense
Income tax (expense)/benefit
net loss from operations after income tax expense
 1,834,598 
 1,782,584 
 (2,251)
 1,244 
 (1,895,265)
 (3,956,037)
 (58,683)
 (121,601)
 (13,812)
 (135,413)
 (66,569)
 (2,238,778)
 76,738 
 (2,162,040)
29.  ACqUIsITION AND DIsPOsAL OF CONTROLLED ENTITIEs
(A)  ACQUISITIONS
The Group gained control over the following entities or businesses during the year:
ENTITY OR BUSINESS ACQUIRED
Beaudesert Times Pty Ltd 
Tradevine Limited
YesBookit	Partnership	
Midac Technologies Pty Ltd 
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
Newspaper publisher
Online e-commerce management
Online accommodation advertising
Online accommodation advertising
Baches and Holiday Homes to Rent Limited
Holiday accommodation classifieds
2GTHR Pty Ltd
Netus Pty Ltd
Allure Media Pty Ltd
Investor in online business
Investor in online business
Online publisher
DATE OF ACQUISITION
27 August 2012
27 August 2012
29 October 2012
29 October 2012
12 December 2012
21 December 2012
21 December 2012
21 December 2012
OWNERSHIP
INTEREST
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iii)
(ii)
100%
100%
100%
(i)  The business of Beaudesert Times Pty Ltd was acquired.
(ii)  The businesses of Tradevine Limited and Baches and Holiday Homes to Rent Limited were acquired by Trade Me Group Ltd. 
The businesses were subsequently disposed of with Trade Me Group Ltd (refer Note 29(B)).
(iii)	The	businesses	of	YesBookit	Partnership	and	Midac	Technologies	Pty	Ltd	were	acquired.
(B)  DISPOSALS
The Group disposed of its interests in the following businesses during the year:
ENTITY OR BUSINESS DISPOSED
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
Fairfax	Community	Network	Ltd
Community newspaper publisher
Rural Press USA Ltd
Rural Press USA Inc
Farm Progress Holding Company Inc
Farm Progress Companies Inc
The Miller Publishing Company Inc
Farm Progress Insurance Services Inc
Agricultural publishing
Agricultural publishing
Agricultural publishing
Agricultural publishing
Agricultural publishing
Agricultural publishing
Indiana Prairie Farmer Insurance Services Inc
Agricultural publishing
Trade Me Group Ltd
Trade Me Ltd
Internet-auction website
Internet-auction website
DATE OF DISPOSAL
13	July	2012
14 November 2012
14 November 2012
14 November 2012
14 November 2012
14 November 2012
14 November 2012
14 November 2012
21 December 2012
21 December 2012
OWNERSHIP
INTEREST
100% (i)
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
51%
51%
(i)		 Fairfax	Community	Network	Ltd	was	sold	to	the	MMP	Holdings	Pty	Ltd	venture.	Refer	to	Note	12	for	the	Group’s	share	of	this	venture.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
107
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
30.  BUsINEss COMBINATIONs
ACQUISITIONS DURING THE PERIOD
Acquisitions, none of which were individually significant to the consolidated entity, are listed in Note 29(A). 
The fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were:
RECOGNISED ON ACQUISITION
$’000
Value of net assets acquired
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Investments and other assets
Intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets
Total assets
Payables
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities
Value of identifiable net assets
Goodwill arising on acquisition
Total identifiable net assets and goodwill attributable to the Group
Purchase consideration
Cash paid
Contingent consideration liability
Total purchase consideration
net cash outflow on acquisition
Net cash acquired with subsidiary
Cash paid
net cash outflow
 13,159 
 1,269 
 225 
 2,572 
 2,470 
 4,295 
 285 
 24,275 
 1,549 
 649 
 209 
 254 
 2,661 
 21,614 
 13,872 
 35,486 
 32,372 
 3,114 
 35,486 
 13,159 
 (32,372)
 (19,213)
The	income	statement	includes	revenue	and	net	profit	for	the	year	ended	30	June	2013	of	$11.9	million	and	$1.3	million	
respectively, as a result of acquisitions of business combinations made during the reporting period. Had the acquisitions 
occurred at the beginning of the reporting period, the income statement would have included revenue and net profit of $16.5 
million and $1.1 million respectively.
Included	in	the	business	acquisitions	made	during	the	reporting	period	were	mastheads,	trademarks,	software,	business	
and domain names.
108
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
31.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITs
(A)  NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
As	at	30	June	2013	the	consolidated	entity	employed	7,043	full-time	employees	(2012:	8,416)	and	1,384	part-time	and	casual	
employees (2012: 1,748). This includes 1,813 (2012: 2,094) full-time employees and 285 (2012: 310) part-time and casual employees 
in New Zealand.
(B)  EMPLOYEE SHARE PLANS
The Company had three employee share plans during the period. The terms of each plan are set out below:
1. FAiRFAx exeMPT eMPloyee SHARe PlAn
This plan is open to all Australian employees with at least twelve months service with the consolidated entity in Australia, whose 
adjusted taxable income is $180,000 per annum or less. Under this Plan, participants may salary sacrifice up to $1,000 of pre 
tax	salary	per	annum	for	the	purchase	of	issued	Fairfax	shares	at	the	market	price	on	the	open	market	of	the	ASx.	The	shares	
are purchased by an independent trustee company on predetermined dates.
2. FAiRFAx deFeRRed eMPloyee SHARe PlAn
This plan is open to all Australian employees with at least twelve months service with the consolidated entity in Australia. 
Under this Plan, participants may salary sacrifice a minimum of $1,000 and up to a maximum of $5,000 of salary per annum 
for	the	purchase	of	issued	Fairfax	shares	at	the	market	price	on	the	open	market	of	the	ASx.	The	shares	are	purchased	by	an	
independent	trustee	company	on	predetermined	dates.	Participants	must	nominate	a	‘lock’	period	of	either	3,	5	or	7	years	
during which their shares must remain in the plan, unless they leave the consolidated entity in Australia.
3. lonG TeRM equiTy BASed inCenTiVe SCHeMe
The long term incentive plan is available to certain permanent full-time and part-time employees of the consolidated entity.
2008 – 2012 Financial year
Under this plan, the cash value of a percentage of an eligible executive’s annual total fixed remuneration will be in the form of 
nominally allocated Fairfax shares, which are beneficially held in a trust. The shares will vest if the eligible employee remains 
in employment three years from the date the nominal shares are allocated and certain performance hurdles are satisfied. If 
the allocation does not vest at the end of year three, a re-test of the performance hurdles occurs in the fourth year. There are 
currently no cash settlement alternatives. Dividends on the allocated shares during the vesting period are paid directly to the 
eligible employee and the Company does not have any recourse to dividends paid. 
2013 Financial year
For 2013, participants in the plan received an allocation of performance rights (rights) which allow the executive to acquire 
shares for no consideration subject to achievement of the performance hurdles. No dividends are payable to participants on the 
unvested rights.
The number of rights to which a participant is entitled will depend on the participant’s role and responsibilities. Allocations are 
set at a fixed percentage of the executive’s fixed remuneration at the time they participate in the scheme. The value of the rights 
at the time of allocation is determined by an independent external valuer.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
109
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
32.  REMUNERATION OF AUDITORs
During the financial year the following amounts were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the Company and 
its related parties:
Audit services 
Ernst & Young Australia 
Audit and review of financial reports
Affiliates of Ernst & Young Australia
Audit and review of financial reports
Non Ernst & Young Firms
Audit and review of financial reports
Total audit services
other assurance services
Ernst & Young Australia 
Regulatory and contractually required audits
Other
Affiliates of Ernst & Young Australia
Regulatory and contractually required audits
Other
Non Ernst & Young Firms
Regulatory and contractually required audits
Other
Total other assurance services
Total remuneration for assurance services
non assurance services
Ernst & Young Australia 
Other services
Affiliates of Ernst & Young Australia
Other services
Non Ernst & Young Firms
Other services
Total non assurance services
Total remuneration of auditors
30 June 2013
$
24	JUNE	2012
$
 1,088,401 
 1,031,030 
 244,044 
 266,770 
 26,498 
 1,358,943 
 25,854 
 1,323,654 
 243,809 
 225,449 
 238,692 
 376,167 
 98,020 
 – 
 213,515 
 603,008 
 8,151 
 – 
 11,818 
	–	
 575,429 
 1,934,372 
 1,443,200 
 2,766,854 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1,000 
	–	
	–	
 1,000 
 1,934,372 
 2,767,854
110
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
33.  DIRECTOR AND ExECUTIVE DIsCLOsUREs
(A)  EQUITY INSTRUMENT DISCLOSURES RELATING TO KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
(i)  SHAReHoldinGS
2013
directors
R Corbett
J	Cowin
G Hywood
S McPhee
J	Millar
S Morgan
L Nicholls
P Young
M Anderson
key management personnel
B Cassell *
G Hambly
D Housego
A	Williams
Total
2012
directors
R Corbett
NJ	Fairfax	*
G Hywood
S McPhee
S Morgan
L Nicholls
R Savage *
P Young
M Anderson
key management personnel
B Cassell *
G Hambly
A Lam-Po-Tang **
C Maher **
M	Williams	**
Total
BALANCE 
24	JUNE	2012
NET CHANGE 
OTHER
 BALANCE 
30	JUNE	2013
POST YEAR-END 
ACQUISITIONS
POST YEAR-END 
DISPOSALS
POST YEAR-END 
BALANCE
 99,206 
 – 
 99,206 
 – 
 3,000,000 
 3,000,000 
 118,343 
 40,220 
 200,000 
 70,673 
 318,343 
 110,893 
 – 
 100,000 
 100,000 
 1,564,668 
 – 
 1,564,668 
 40,387 
 131,117 
 – 
 1,061,014 
 104,815 
 67,371 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 291,139 
 – 
 107,758 
 131,117 
 – 
 1,061,014 
 104,815 
 291,139 
 – 
 3,159,770 
 3,729,183 
 6,888,953 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 99,206 
 3,000,000 
 318,343 
 110,893 
 100,000 
 1,564,668 
 107,758 
 131,117 
 – 
 1,061,014 
 104,815 
 291,139 
 – 
 6,888,953 
BALANCE 
26	JUNE	2011
NET CHANGE 
OTHER
 BALANCE 
24	JUNE	2012
POST YEAR-END 
ACQUISITIONS
POST YEAR-END 
DISPOSALS
POST YEAR-END 
BALANCE
 99,206 
 3,892,481 
	–	
 4,783 
 181,500 
 5,401 
 47,899 
 131,117 
	–	
 1,061,014 
 177,631 
	–	
 641 
 1,281 
	–	
	–	
 118,343 
 35,437 
 99,206 
 3,892,481 
 118,343 
 40,220 
 1,383,168 
 1,564,668 
 34,986 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 (72,816)
	–	
	–	
	–	
 40,387 
 47,899 
 131,117 
	–	
 1,061,014 
 104,815 
	–	
 641 
 1,281 
	–	
	–	
	–	
 13,156 
	–	
 12,875 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 5,602,954 
 1,499,118 
 7,102,072 
 26,031 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 99,206 
 3,892,481 
 118,343 
 53,376 
 1,564,668 
 53,262 
 47,899 
 131,117 
	–	
 1,061,014 
 104,815 
	–	
 641 
 1,281 
 7,128,103 
* 
In the case of retired Directors, the closing balance represents the number of shares at the date the Director retired from the Board. 
For	KMP,	the	closing	balance	represents	the	number	of	shares	at	the	date	of	resignation.	NJ	Fairfax	resigned	from	the	Board	on	
29	November	2011	and	R	Savage	on	30	June	2012.	B	Cassell	ceased	in	the	position	of	CFO	on	3	December	2012,	on	which	date	he	
was appointed Project Director and no longer considered KMP.
**	 Following	the	structural	changes	within	the	Group	this	person	no	longer	met	the	definition	of	a	KMP	since	25	June	2012.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
111
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
33. DIRECTOR AND ExECUTIVE DIsCLOsUREs (CONTINUED)
(B)  RIGHTS OVER SHARE HOLDINGS OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
Details of equity-based incentive schemes are included in section 6.2 of the remuneration report.
2013
directors
G Hywood
key management personnel
B Cassell *
G Hambly
D Housego
A	Williams
Total
2012
directors
G Hywood
key management personnel
B Cassell *
G Hambly
A Lam-Po-Tang **
C Maher **
M	Williams	**
Total
OPENING 
BALANCE
24	JUNE	2012
GRANTED AS
REMUNERATION
NET CHANGE
OTHER ***
CLOSING 
BALANCE
30	JUNE	2013
 1,514,491 
 8,888,889 
 – 
 10,403,380 
 785,983 
 – 
 (121,057)
 664,926 
 717,949 
 2,083,333 
 (110,969)
 2,690,313 
 – 
 – 
 3,666,667 
 1,837,124 
 – 
 – 
 3,666,667 
 1,837,124 
 3,018,423 
 16,476,013 
 (232,026)
 19,262,410 
OPENING 
BALANCE
26	JUNE	2011
GRANTED AS
REMUNERATION
NET CHANGE
OTHER ***
CLOSING 
BALANCE
24	JUNE	2012
	–	
 1,514,491 
	–	
 1,514,491 
 599,889 
 504,754 
	–	
 149,261 
 120,567 
 274,077 
 221,030 
	–	
 129,081 
 93,716 
 (87,983)
 (7,835)
	–	
 (24,635)
 (15,177)
 785,983 
 717,949 
	–	
 253,707 
 199,106 
 1,374,471 
 2,232,395 
 (135,630)
 3,471,236 
* 
In the case of retired Directors, the closing balance represents the number of shares at the date the Director retired from the Board. 
For	KMP,	the	closing	balance	represents	the	number	of	shares	at	the	date	of	resignation.	NJ	Fairfax	resigned	from	the	Board	on	
29	November	2011	and	R	Savage	on	30	June	2012.	B	Cassell	ceased	in	the	position	of	CFO	on	3	December	2012,	on	which	date	
he was appointed Project Director and no longer considered KMP.
**	 Following	the	structural	changes	within	the	Group	this	person	no	longer	met	the	definition	of	a	KMP	since	25	June	2012.
*** Net change movements include forfeitures.
(C)  LOANS TO KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
(i)  AGGReGATeS FoR key MAnAGeMenT PeRSonnel
There	were	no	loans	made	to	Directors	of	Fairfax	Media	Limited	or	to	other	key	management	personnel	of	the	Group,	including	
their	personally	related	parties,	during	the	financial	period	ended	30	June	2013	(2012:	Nil).
(ii)  indiViduAlS WiTH loAnS duRinG THe FinAnCiAl yeAR
There	are	no	outstanding	loans	for	the	financial	years	ended	30	June	2013	and	24	June	2012.
(D)  OPTIONS
No options over unissued shares in the Company were in existence at the beginning of the financial year, or granted during, 
or since the end of the financial year.
112
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
34.  RELATED PARTY TRANsACTIONs 
(A)  ULTIMATE PARENT
Fairfax Media Limited is the ultimate parent company.
(B)  CONTROLLED ENTITIES
Interests in controlled entities are set out in Note 28.
(C)  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
A number of Directors of Fairfax Media Limited also hold directorships with other corporations which provide and receive 
goods or services to and from the Fairfax Group in the ordinary course of business on normal terms and conditions. None of 
these Directors derive any direct personal benefit from the transactions between the Fairfax Group and these corporations.
Transactions were entered into during the financial year with the Directors of Fairfax Media Limited and its controlled entities or 
with Director-related entities, which:
•	 occurred within a normal employee, customer or supplier relationship on terms and conditions no more favourable than 
those which it is reasonable to expect would have been adopted if dealing with the Director or Director-related entity at arm’s 
length in the same circumstances;
•	 do not have the potential to adversely affect decisions about the allocation of scarce resources or discharge the responsibility 
of the Directors; or
•	 are minor or domestic in nature.
(D)  TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
The	following	transactions	for	the	sale	and	purchase	of	goods	and	services	occurred	with	related	parties	on	normal	market	
terms and conditions:
Associates
30	June	2013
24	June	2012
Joint ventures
30	June	2013
24	June	2012
SALES TO
RELATED PARTIES
$’000
PURCHASES FROM
RELATED PARTIES
$’000
AMOUNT	OWED	BY
RELATED PARTIES
$’000
AMOUNT	OWED	TO
RELATED PARTIES
$’000
 13,688 
 2,690 
54
 116 
 7,307 
 9,110 
 241 
 2,905 
 246 
 2,412 
	–	
 3 
 3,413 
 115 
 1 
	–	
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
113
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
35.  NOTEs TO THE CAsH FLOw sTATEMENT
(A)  RECONCILIATION OF NET LOSS AFTER INCOME TAX EXPENSE TO 
NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss for the period
non-cash items
Depreciation and amortisation for continuing operations
Depreciation and amortisation for discontinued operations
Impairment of property, plant and equipment, intangibles and investments
Amortisation of borrowing costs
Share of losses of associates and joint ventures not received as dividends
Straight-line rent adjustment
Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Net gain on disposal of investments and other assets
Fair value adjustment to derivatives
Net foreign currency loss/(gain)
Share-based payment expense
Non-cash superannuation expense
Gain on revaluation of investment in associate
Other non-operating gains
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions
Decrease in trade receivables
Decrease in other receivables
Decrease in inventories
Increase in other assets
(Decrease)/increase in payables
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
Increase/(decrease) in tax balances
net cash inflow from operating activities
NOTE
30 June 2013
$’000
24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 (971)
 (2,725,803)
3(B)
 100,762 
 3,124 
 103,478 
 4,025 
 459,938 
 2,865,060 
 1,191 
 5,528 
 513 
 92 
 (299,413)
 4,539 
 660 
 2,038 
 (833)
 – 
 142 
 34,033 
 7,611 
 6,180 
 (788)
 (41,020)
 (100,942)
 4,067 
 186,451 
 1,921 
 1,717 
 470 
 401 
 (1,005)
 (6,561)
 (9,070)
 1,068 
 (716)
 (2,541)
 19 
 33,924 
 3,121 
 2,506 
 (919)
 6,897 
 155,398 
 (165,741)
 267,649 
(B)  RECONCILIATION OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Reconciliation of cash at end of the financial year (as shown in the Statement of Cash Flow)  
to the related items in the financial statements is as follows:
Cash	on	hand	and	at	bank
Total cash at end of the financial year
 533,531 
 533,531 
 358,364 
 358,364
114
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
36.  FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL RIsk MANAGEMENT
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s principal financial instruments, other than derivatives, comprise cash, short term deposits, bills of exchange 
and	bank	loans.	The	main	purpose	of	these	financial	instruments	is	to	manage	liquidity	and	to	raise	finance	for	the	Group’s	
operations. The Group has various other financial instruments, such as trade and other receivables and trade and other 
payables, which arise directly from its operations.
The Group uses derivatives in accordance with Board approved policies to reduce the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in 
interest rates and foreign exchange rates. These derivatives create an obligation or right that effectively transfers one or more 
of	the	risks	associated	with	an	underlying	financial	instrument,	asset	or	obligation.	Derivative	instruments	that	the	Group	uses	to	
hedge	risks	such	as	interest	rate	and	foreign	currency	movements	include:
•	 cross currency swaps;
•	 interest rate swaps;
•	 forward foreign currency contracts; and
•	 forward rate agreements.
The	Group’s	risk	management	activities	for	interest	rate	and	foreign	exchange	exposures	are	carried	out	centrally	by	Fairfax	
Media Group Treasury department. The Group Treasury department operates under policies as approved by the Board. 
The Group Treasury department operates in co-operation with the Group’s operating units so as to maximise the benefits 
associated	with	centralised	management	of	Group	risk	factors.
CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The capital structure of Group entities is monitored using net debt to EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation) ratio. The ratio is calculated as net debt divided by underlying EBITDA. Net debt is calculated as total interest 
bearing	liabilities	less	cash	and	cash	equivalents.	Where	interest	bearing	liabilities	are	denominated	in	a	currency	other	than	the	
Australian dollar functional currency, and the liability is hedged into an Australian dollar obligation, the liability is measured for 
financial covenant purposes as the hedged Australian dollar amount.
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, buy 
back	shareholder	equity,	issue	new	shares	or	sell	assets	to	reduce	debt.	The	Group	reviews	the	capital	structure	to	ensure:
•	 sufficient finance capacity for the business is maintained at a reasonable cost; and
•	 sufficient funds are available for the business to implement its capital expenditure and business acquisition strategies.
Where	excess	funds	arise	with	respect	to	the	funds	required	to	enact	the	Group’s	business	strategies,	consideration	is	given	to	
increased	dividends	or	buy	back	of	shareholder	equity.
The	net	debt	to	EBITDA	ratio	for	the	Group	at	30	June	2013	and	24	June	2012	is	as	follows:
Net debt for financial covenant purposes
EBITDA *
Net debt to EBITDA ratio
NOTE
19
2013
$’000
 154,493 
 366,474 
 0.42 
2012
$’000
 914,098 
 506,022 
 1.81 
*  For the purposes of the debt to EBITDA ratio, underlying EBITDA is adjusted for specific items of a non-recurring nature and excludes any 
unrealised	profit/(loss)	arising	from	mark	to	market	revaluations	of	financial	instruments.	In	respect	of	the	first	12	month	period	after	the	
acquisition of any acquired business, EBITDA will include acquired EBITDA in respect of the acquired business for any period not covered in 
the consolidated EBITDA of the Group. 
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
115
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
36. FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL RIsk MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
RISK FACTORS
The	key	financial	risk	factors	that	arise	from	the	Group’s	activities,	including	the	Group’s	policies	for	managing	these	risks	are	
outlined below.
Market	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	fair	value	or	future	cash	flows	of	the	Group’s	financial	instruments	will	fluctuate	because	of	
changes	in	market	prices.	The	market	risk	factors	to	which	the	Group	is	exposed	to	are	discussed	in	further	detail	below.
(A)  inTeReST RATe RiSk
Interest	rate	risk	refers	to	the	risks	that	the	value	of	a	financial	instrument	or	future	cash	flows	associated	with	the	instrument	will	
fluctuate	due	to	movements	in	market	interest	rates.
Interest	rate	risk	arises	from	interest	bearing	financial	assets	and	liabilities	that	the	Group	utilises.	Non-derivative	interest	bearing	
assets are predominantly short term liquid assets. Long term debt issued at fixed rates exposes the Group to fair value interest 
rate	risk.	The	Group’s	borrowings	which	have	a	variable	interest	rate	attached	give	rise	to	cash	flow	interest	rate	risk.
The	Group’s	risk	management	policy	for	interest	rate	risk	seeks	to	reduce	the	effects	of	interest	rate	movements	on	its	asset	
and liability portfolio through management of the exposures.
The	Group	seeks	to	maintain	a	mix	of	foreign	and	local	currency	fixed	rate	and	variable	rate	debt,	as	well	as	a	mix	of	long	term	
debt versus short term debt. The Group primarily enters into interest rate swap, interest rate option and cross currency swap 
agreements	to	manage	these	risks.	The	Group	designates	which	of	its	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	exposed	to	
a	fair	value	or	cash	flow	interest	rate	risk,	such	as	financial	assets	and	liabilities	with	a	fixed	interest	rate	or	financial	assets	and	
financial	liabilities	with	a	floating	interest	rate	that	is	reset	as	market	rates	change.
The	Group	hedges	the	currency	risk	on	foreign	currency	borrowings	by	entering	into	cross	currency	swaps,	which	have	the	
economic effect of converting foreign currency borrowings to local currency borrowings. Over the counter derivative contracts 
are carried at fair value, which are estimated using valuation techniques based wherever possible on assumptions supported by 
observable	market	prices	or	rates	prevailing	at	the	reporting	date.	For	other	financial	instruments	for	which	quoted	prices	in	an	
active	market	are	available,	fair	value	is	determined	directly	from	those	quoted	market	prices.
Refer to Note 16 for further details of the Group’s derivative financial instruments and details of hedging activities.
At	reporting	date,	the	Group	had	the	following	mix	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	exposed	to	interest	rate	risks:
As at 30 June 2013
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Available for sale investments
Other financial assets
Derivatives
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
Payables
Interest bearing liabilities:
Bank	borrowings	and	loans
Senior notes
Finance lease liability
Total interest bearing liabilities
Derivatives
Total financial liabilities
Total interest bearing liabilities
Notional principal hedged
net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk
FloATinG RATe
$’000
Fixed RATe
$’000
non-inTeReST
 BeARinG
$’000
 533,531 
 – 
 – 
 10,541 
 6,325 
 550,397 
 – 
 123,549 
 27,338 
 10,452 
 161,339 
 43,826 
 205,165 
 161,339 
 (123,526)
 37,813 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 6,003 
 470,870 
 – 
 476,873 
 23,833 
 500,706 
 476,873 
 (116,495)
 360,378 
ToTAl
$’000
 533,531 
 287,457 
 1,929 
 10,608 
 18,833 
 852,358 
 – 
 287,457 
 1,929 
 67 
 12,508 
 301,961 
 235,919 
 235,919 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 7,258 
 243,177 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 129,552 
 498,208 
 10,452 
 638,212 
 74,917 
 949,048 
 638,212 
 (240,021)
 398,191 
116
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
36. FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL RIsk MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
As at 24 June 2012
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Available for sale investments
Other financial assets
Derivatives
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
Payables
Interest bearing liabilities:
Bank	borrowings	and	loans
Senior notes
Finance lease liability
Total interest bearing liabilities
Derivatives
Total financial liabilities
Total interest bearing liabilities
Notional principal hedged
net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk
FLOATING RATE
$’000
FIXED RATE
$’000
NON-INTEREST
 BEARING
$’000
 358,364 
	–	
	–	
 14,615 
 23,976 
 396,955 
	–	
 718,177 
 24,361 
 14,583 
 757,121 
 60,964 
 818,085 
 757,121 
 (122,132)
 634,989 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 8,311 
 441,941 
	–	
 450,252 
 27,243 
 477,495 
 450,252 
 (108,525)
 341,727 
TOTAL
$’000
 358,364 
 323,242 
 1,991 
 14,682 
 27,163 
	–	
 323,242 
 1,991 
 67 
 3,187 
 328,487 
 725,442 
 282,637 
 282,637 
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
 7,421 
 726,488 
 466,302 
 14,583 
 1,207,373 
 95,628 
 290,058 
 1,585,638
	–	
	–	
	–	
 1,207,373 
 (230,657)
 976,716 
Sensitivity analysis
The table below shows the effect on net profit and equity after income tax if interest rates at reporting date had been 30% 
higher	or	lower	with	all	other	variables	held	constant,	taking	into	account	all	underlying	exposures	and	related	hedges.	
Concurrent movements in interest rates and parallel shifts in the yield curves are assumed.
A sensitivity of 30% (2012: 30%) has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of both short term 
and	long	term	Australian	interest	rates.	A	30%	sensitivity	would	move	short	term	interest	rates	at	30	June	2013	from	around	
2.82% to 3.67% representing a 85 basis point shift (2012: 106 basis point shift).
In	2013,	66%	(2012:	72%)	of	the	Group’s	debt,	taking	into	account	all	underlying	exposures	and	related	hedges	was	denominated	
in Australian Dollars; therefore, only the movement in Australian interest rates is used in this sensitivity analysis. 
Based on the sensitivity analysis, if interest rates were 30% higher, net profit would be impacted by the interest expense being 
higher on the Group’s net floating rate Australian Dollar positions during the year.
If interest rates were 30% higher with all other variables held constant  
- increase/(decrease)
If interest rates were 30% lower with all other variables held constant  
- increase/(decrease)
IMPACT ON POST-TAX PROFIT
IMPACT ON EQUITY
2013
$’000
2012
$’000
2013
$’000
2012
$’000
 (2,603)
 (4,352)
 1,670 
 2,663 
 2,603 
 4,352 
 (1,704)
 (2,755)
(B)  FoReiGn CuRRenCy RiSk
Foreign	currency	risk	refers	to	the	risk	that	the	value	or	the	cash	flows	arising	from	a	financial	commitment,	or	recognised	
asset	or	liability	will	fluctuate	due	to	changes	in	foreign	currency	rates.	The	Group’s	foreign	currency	exchange	risk	arises	
primarily from:
•	 borrowings denominated in foreign currency; and
•	 firm commitments and/or highly probable forecast transactions for receipts and payments settled in foreign currencies and 
prices dependent on foreign currencies respectively.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
117
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
36. FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL RIsk MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
The	Group	is	exposed	to	foreign	exchange	risk	from	various	currency	exposures,	primarily	with	respect	to:
•	 United States Dollars; and
•	 New Zealand Dollars.
Forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	are	used	to	hedge	the	Group’s	known	non-debt	related	foreign	currency	risks.	These	
contracts generally have maturities of less than twelve months after the reporting date and consequently the net fair value 
of the gains and losses on these contracts will be transferred from the cash flow hedging reserve to the income statement at 
various dates during this period when the underlying exposure impacts earnings. The derivative contracts are carried at fair 
value,	being	the	market	value	as	quoted	in	an	active	market.
The	Group’s	risk	management	policy	for	foreign	exchange	is	to	only	hedge	known	or	highly	probable	future	transactions.	
The policy only permits hedging of the Group’s underlying foreign exchange exposures. 
Benefits or costs arising from currency hedges for revenue and expense transactions that are designated and documented in 
a hedge relationship are brought to account in the income statement over the lives of the hedge transactions depending on the 
effectiveness testing outcomes and when the underlying exposure impacts earnings. For transactions entered into that hedge 
specific capital or borrowing commitments, any cost or benefit resulting from the hedge forms part of the initial asset or liability 
carrying value.
When	entered	into,	the	Group	formally	designates	and	documents	the	financial	instrument	as	a	hedge	of	the	underlying	
exposure,	as	well	as	the	risk	management	objectives	and	strategies	for	undertaking	the	hedge	transactions.	The	Group	formally	
assesses both at the inception and at least semi-annually thereafter, whether the financial instruments that are used in hedging 
transactions are effective at offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposure. Because 
of the high degree of effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the underlying exposure being hedged, fluctuations 
in the value of the derivative instruments are generally offset by changes in the fair values or cash flows of the underlying 
exposures being hedged. Any ineffective portion of a financial instrument’s change in fair value is immediately recognised 
in the income statement and this is mainly attributable to financial instruments in a fair value hedge relationship. Derivatives 
entered into and not documented in a hedge relationship are revalued with the changes in fair value recognised in the income 
statement.	All	of	the	Group’s	derivatives	are	straight	forward	over	the	counter	instruments	with	liquid	markets.
Refer to Note 16 for further details of the Group’s derivative financial instruments and details of hedging activities.
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The	tables	below	show	the	effect	on	net	profit	and	equity	after	income	tax	as	at	reporting	date	from	a	15%	weaker/stronger	base	
currency movement in exchange rates at that date on a total derivative portfolio with all other variables held constant.
A sensitivity of 15% has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of exchange rates and the volatility 
observed	both	on	a	historical	basis	and	market	expectations	for	potential	future	movement.	The	Group’s	foreign	currency	risk	
from the Group’s long term borrowings denominated in foreign currencies has no significant impact on profit from foreign 
currency movements as they are effectively hedged.
(A)  Aud / nZd
Comparing	the	Australian	Dollar	exchange	rate	against	the	New	Zealand	Dollar,	a	15%	weaker	Australian	Dollar	would	result	in	an	
exchange rate of 1.0045 and a 15% stronger Australian Dollar in an exchange rate of 1.3590 based on the year end rate of 1.1818. 
This range is considered reasonable given over the last five years, the Australian Dollar exchange rate against the New Zealand 
Dollar has traded in the range of 1.0781 to 1.3746.
If	the	AUD	exchange	rate	was	15%	weaker	against	the	NZD	with	all	other	
variables	held	constant	–	increase/(decrease)
If the AUD exchange rate was 15% stronger against the NZD with all other 
variables	held	constant	–	increase/(decrease)
IMPACT ON POST-TAX PROFIT
IMPACT ON EQUITY  
(HEDGING RESERVES) *
2013
$’000
2012
$’000
2013
$’000
2012
$’000
 852 
 1,092 
 (31,522)
 (29,424)
 (630)
 (1,932)
 23,299 
 21,748 
*  Hedging reserves includes both the cash flow hedge reserve and net investment hedge reserve
118
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
36. FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL RIsk MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
(B)  Aud / uSd
Comparing	the	Australian	Dollar	exchange	rate	against	the	United	States	Dollar,	a	15%	weaker	Australian	Dollar	would	result	in	
an exchange rate of 0.7763 and a 15% stronger Australian Dollar in an exchange rate of 1.0503 based on the year end rate of 
0.9133. This range is considered reasonable given over the last five years, the Australian Dollar exchange rate against the United 
States Dollar has traded in the range of 0.6120 to 1.1028.
If	the	AUD	exchange	rate	was	15%	weaker	against	the	USD	with	all	other	
variables	held	constant	–	increase/(decrease)
If the AUD exchange rate was 15% stronger against the USD with all other 
variables	held	constant	–	increase/(decrease)
IMPACT ON POST-TAX PROFIT
IMPACT ON EQUITY  
(CASH	FLOW	HEDGE	RESERVE)
2013
$’000
2012
$’000
2013
$’000
2012
$’000
 1 
 (3)
 (1)
 (1,249)
 (1,496)
 (148)
 1,786 
 2,955 
(C)  CRediT RiSk
Credit	risk	is	the	risk	that	a	contracting	entity	will	not	complete	its	obligations	under	a	financial	instrument	and	cause	the	Group	
to	make	a	financial	loss.	The	Group	has	exposure	to	credit	risk	on	all	financial	assets	included	in	the	Group’s	balance	sheet.	To	
help	manage	this	risk,	the	Group:
•	 has a policy for establishing credit limits for the entities it deals with;
•	 may require collateral where appropriate; and
•	 manages exposures to individual entities it either transacts with or enters into derivative contracts with (through a system of 
credit limits).
The	Group	is	exposed	to	credit	risk	on	financial	instruments	and	derivatives.	For	credit	purposes,	there	is	only	a	credit	risk	where	
the contracting entity is liable to pay the Group in the event of a closeout. The Group has policies that limit the amount of credit 
exposure to any financial institution. Derivative counterparties and cash transactions are limited to financial institutions that 
meet	minimum	credit	rating	criteria	in	accordance	with	the	Group’s	policy	requirements.	At	30	June	2013	counterparty	credit	
risk	was	limited	to	financial	institutions	with	S&P	credit	ratings	ranging	from	A	to	AA.
The	Group’s	credit	risk	is	mainly	concentrated	across	a	number	of	customers	and	financial	institutions.	The	Group	does	not	
have	any	significant	credit	risk	exposure	to	a	single	or	group	of	customers	or	individual	institutions.
Financial assets are considered impaired where there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts 
due according to the original trade and other receivable terms. Factors considered when determining if an impairment exists 
include ageing and timing of expected receipts and the credit worthiness of counterparties. A provision for doubtful debts is 
created for the difference between the assets carrying value and the present value of estimated future cash flows. The Group’s 
trading terms do not generally include the requirement for customers to provide collateral as security for financial assets.
Refer to Note 8 for an ageing analysis of trade receivables and the movement in the provision for doubtful debts. All other 
financial assets are not impaired and are not past due. Based on the credit history of these classes, it is expected that these 
amounts will be received when due.
(d)  liquidiTy RiSk
Liquidity	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	Group	cannot	meet	its	financial	commitments	as	and	when	they	fall	due.
To	help	reduce	this	risk	the	Group:
•	 has a liquidity policy which targets a minimum level of committed facilities and cash relative to EBITDA;
•	 has readily accessible funding arrangements in place; and
•	 staggers maturities of financial instruments.
Refer	to	Note	19(B)	for	details	of	the	Group’s	unused	credit	facilities	at	30	June	2013.	
The contractual maturity of the Group’s fixed and floating rate derivatives, other financial assets and other financial liabilities are 
shown in the tables below. The amounts represent the future undiscounted principal and interest cash flows and therefore may 
not equate to the values disclosed in the balance sheet.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
119
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
36. FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL RIsk MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
As at 30 June 2013
Financial liabilities*
Payables
Bank	borrowings	and	loans
Notes and bonds
Finance lease liability
derivatives – inflows*
Cross	currency	swaps	–	foreign	leg	(fixed)**
Cross	currency	swaps	–	foreign	leg	(variable)**
Forward foreign currency contracts
derivatives – outflows*
Cross	currency	swaps	–	AUD	leg	(fixed)**
Cross	currency	swaps	–	AUD	leg	(variable)**
Cross	currency	swaps	–	NZD	leg	(variable)**
Interest rate swaps ***
Forward foreign currency contracts
Put option
As at 24 June 2012
Financial liabilities*
Payables
Bank	borrowings	and	loans
Notes and bonds
Finance lease liability
derivatives – inflows*
Cross	currency	swaps	–	foreign	leg	(fixed)**
Cross	currency	swaps	–	foreign	leg	(variable)**
Forward foreign currency contracts
derivatives – outflows*
Cross	currency	swaps	–	AUD	leg	(fixed)**
Cross	currency	swaps	–	AUD	leg	(variable)**
Cross	currency	swaps	–	NZD	leg	(variable)**
Interest rate swaps ***
Forward foreign currency contracts
Put option
(noMinAl CASH FloWS)
1 yeAR oR leSS
$’000
1 To 2 yeARS
$’000
2 To 5 yeARS
$’000
MoRe THAn 
5 yeARS
$’000
 (235,919)
 – 
 (9,101)
 (133,366)
 – 
 (516)
 (276,057)
 (122,009)
 (108,390)
 (9,453)
 (9,848)
 (2,533)
 248,714 
 27,388 
 28,203 
 (43,221)
 (58,491)
 (224,510)
 (4,275)
 (25,937)
 (6,436)
 122,009 
 108,443 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (6,149)
 (94,560)
 (125,059)
 (892)
 (4,275)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (26,742)
 (127,138)
 – 
 – 
(NOMINAL	CASH	FLOWS)
1 YEAR OR LESS
$’000
1 TO 2 YEARS
$’000
2 TO 5 YEARS
$’000
 (282,637)
 (44,862)
 (27,111)
 (11,323)
 26,584 
 527 
 64,328 
 (8,911)
 (9,000)
 (8,128)
 (2,825)
 (64,428)
 (3,711)
	–	
 (193,485)
 (75,478)
 (9,491)
 75,073 
 527 
	–	
 (8,911)
 (9,000)
 (71,327)
 (2,825)
	–	
 (3,710)
	–	
 (603,881)
 (275,674)
 (12,428)
 251,027 
 24,873 
	–	
 (26,734)
 (178,712)
 (127,294)
 (129,238)
	–	
	–	
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
MORE THAN 
5 YEARS
$’000
	–	
	–	
 (142,900)
	–	
 143,006 
	–	
	–	
 (119,221)
	–	
 (54,264)
	–	
	–	
	–	
*  For floating rate instruments, the amount disclosed is determined by reference to the interest rate at the last repricing date.
**  Contractual amounts to be exchanged representing gross cash flows to be exchanged.
*** Net amount for interest rate swaps for which net cash flows are exchanged. 
120
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
36. FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL RIsk MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
(e)  FAiR VAlue
The carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities at reporting date are:
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Derivative assets
Available for sale investments
Other financial assets
Financial liabilities
Payables
Interest bearing liabilities:
Bank	borrowings
Senior notes
Finance lease liability
Derivative liabilities
CARRyinG VAlue
2013
$’000
 533,531 
 287,457 
 18,833 
 1,929 
 10,608 
FAiR VAlue
2013
$’000
CARRYING VALUE
2012
$’000
FAIR VALUE
2012
$’000
 533,531 
 287,457 
 18,833 
 1,929 
 10,608 
 358,364 
 323,242 
 27,163 
 1,991 
 14,682 
 358,364 
 323,242 
 27,163 
 1,991 
 14,682 
 852,358 
 852,358 
 725,442 
 725,442 
 235,919 
 235,919 
 282,637 
 282,637 
 129,552 
 498,208 
 10,452 
 74,917 
 949,048 
 129,552 
 498,848 
 17,929 
 74,917 
 957,165 
 726,488 
 466,302 
 14,583 
 95,628 
 726,488 
 467,348 
 23,840 
 95,628 
 1,585,638 
 1,595,941 
Market	values	have	been	used	to	determine	the	fair	value	of	listed	available	for	sale	investments.
The fair value of the senior notes and lease liabilities have been calculated by discounting the future cash flows by interest rates 
for	liabilities	with	similar	risk	profiles.	The	discount	rates	applied	range	from	1.93%	to	13.29%	(2012:	2.12%	to	13.32%).	
The carrying value of all other balances approximate their fair value.
The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise:
(a)	 quoted	prices	(unadjusted)	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets	or	liabilities	(level	1);
(b)  inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) 
or indirectly (derived from prices) (level 2); and
(c)	 inputs	for	the	asset	or	liability	that	are	not	based	on	observable	market	data	(unobservable	inputs)	(level	3).
The fair value of the financial instruments as well as the methods used to estimate the fair value are summarised in 
the table below:
As at 30 June 2013
Financial assets
Derivative assets
Available for sale investments
Financial liabilities
Derivative liabilities
As at 24 June 2012
Financial assets
Derivative assets
Available for sale investments
Financial liabilities
Derivative liabilities
leVel 1
$’000
 – 
 1,929 
 1,929 
 – 
 – 
LEVEL 1
$’000
	–	
 1,991 
 1,991 
	–	
–	
leVel 2
$’000
 18,833 
 – 
 18,833 
 74,917 
 74,917 
LEVEL 2
$’000
 27,163 
	–	
 27,163 
 95,628 
 95,628 
leVel 3
$’000
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
LEVEL 3
$’000
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
ToTAl
$’000
 18,833 
 1,929 
 20,762 
 74,917 
 74,917 
TOTAL
$’000
 27,163 
 1,991 
 29,154 
 95,628 
 95,628
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
121
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
37.  sEGMENT REPORTING
(A)  DESCRIPTION OF SEGMENTS
The Group has identified its operating segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Board of 
Directors, CEO and CFO in assessing performance and in determining the allocation of resources.
During the 2013 financial year, the Printing Operations division was restructured to form part of corporate services. As a result, 
Printing Operations is no longer a reportable segment and its results have been allocated to the Metropolitan Media, Fairfax 
Regional Media and New Zealand Media segments. The Group is organised into five reportable segments based on aggregated 
operating segments determined by similar product and services provided, economic characteristics and geographical 
considerations.
The	prior	year	financial	information	has	been	restated	under	the	new	reportable	segments.	Refer	to	Note	1(W)	for	disclosure	on	
operating segments.
On 21 December 2012, the Group disposed of its remaining 51% interest in Trade Me Group Ltd. The Group disposed of the US 
Agricultural Media business on 14 November 2012. The US Agricultural Media business was part of the Fairfax Regional Media 
reportable segment.
REPORTABLE SEGMENT
Fairfax Regional Media
Metropolitan Media
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Newspaper publishing and online for all Australian regional and agricultural media.
Metropolitan news, sport, lifestyle and business media across various platforms including print, 
online, tablet and mobile. Also includes classifieds for metropolitan and community publications and 
transactional businesses.
New Zealand Media
Newspaper, magazine and general publishing and online for all New Zealand media.
Broadcasting
Other
Metropolitan	radio	networks.
Comprises corporate and other entities not included in the segments above. 
Trade Me (discontinued operations)
Transactional businesses of Trade Me in New Zealand.
Although the broadcasting segment does not meet the quantitative thresholds required by AASB 8, management has 
concluded that disclosure of this segment would be beneficial to users of the financial statements.
(B)  RESULTS BY OPERATING SEGMENT
The segment information provided to the Board of Directors, CEO and CFO for the reportable segments for the year ended 30 
June	2013	is	as	follows:
30 June 2013
Fairfax Regional Media
Metropolitan Media
New Zealand Media
Broadcasting
Other
Total for continuing operations
Trade Me (discontinued operations)
Total for the Group
SeGMenT
ReVenue 
$’000
inTeRSeGMenT
ReVenue
$’000
FRoM exTeRnAl
CuSToMeRS
$’000
undeRlyinG
eBiT
$’000
ReVenue 
 573,354 
 1,003,400 
 339,334 
 105,374 
 2,449 
 2,023,911 
 60,187 
 (2,281)
 (9,695)
 55 
 (273)
 – 
 571,073 
 993,705 
 339,389 
 105,101 
 2,449 
 (12,194)
 2,011,717 
 – 
 60,187 
 2,084,098 
 (12,194)
 2,071,904 
 133,705 
 48,800 
 49,494 
 15,482 
 (26,982)
 220,499 
 41,634 
 262,133 
122
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
37.  sEGMENT REPORTING (CONTINUED)
24 June 2012
Fairfax Regional Media
Metropolitan Media
New Zealand Media
Broadcasting
Other
Total for continuing operations
Trade Me (discontinued operations)
Total for the Group
(C)  OTHER SEGMENT INFORMATION
(i)  SeGMenT ReVenue
Segment revenue reconciles to total revenue and income as follows: 
Total segment revenue from external customers for continuing operations
Interest income
Share of net losses/(profits) of associates and joint ventures
Gains on sale of controlled entities 
Total revenue and income
SEGMENT
REVENUE 
$’000
INTERSEGMENT
REVENUE
$’000
REVENUE 
FROM EXTERNAL
CUSTOMERS
$’000
UNDERLYING
EBIT
$’000
 634,050 
 1,132,997 
 348,262 
 97,164 
 8,670 
 2,221,143 
 114,014 
 2,335,157 
 (2,223)
 (2,402)
 (653)
 (67)
	–	
 631,827 
 1,130,595 
 347,609 
 97,097 
 8,670 
 (5,345)
 2,215,798 
	–	
 114,014 
 168,670 
 72,571 
 59,539 
 11,304 
 4,447 
 316,531 
 81,987 
 (5,345)
 2,329,812 
 398,518 
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 2,011,717 
 2,215,798 
 11,604 
 2,239 
 19,830 
 10,458 
 (1,311)
	–	
 2,045,390 
 2,224,945
Revenue from external customers includes the operating segments share of net profits from associates and joint ventures. 
Transactions between operating segments relating to advertising are at a discount from the rate card and management 
charges between operating segments are on third party terms.
The consolidated entity operates predominantly in two geographic segments, Australia and New Zealand. The amount of its 
revenue from external customers in Australia is $1,686.1 million (2012: $1,870.3 million) and the amount of revenue from external 
customers in New Zealand is $359.3 million (2012: $354.6 million). Segment revenues are allocated based on the country in 
which the customer is located. 
(ii)  SeGMenT ReSulT – eBiT
The Board of Directors, CEO and CFO assess the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of underlying 
EBIT. This measurement basis excludes the effects of significant items from the operating segments such as restructuring costs 
and goodwill, masthead or radio licence impairments when the impairment is the result of an isolated, significant event. The 
gains on the sale of Trade Me and the US Agricultural Media business have been excluded from the reportable segment results.
Interest income and expenditure are not allocated to segments, as this type of activity is driven by the centralised treasury 
function, which manages the cash position of the Group.
A reconciliation of underlying EBIT to operating loss before income tax is provided as follows:
underlying eBiT for continuing operations
Interest income
Finance costs
Gains on sale of controlled entities in other revenue and income
Impairment of mastheads, goodwill, licences, customer relationships and software
Impairment of investments, inventories and property, plant and equipment
Restructuring and redundancy charges
Reported net loss before tax
 30 June 2013
$’000
 220,499 
 11,604 
 (66,571)
 19,830 
	24	JUNE	2012
RESTATED *
$’000
 316,531 
 10,458 
 (120,189)
	–	
 (418,655)
 (2,758,061)
 (37,189)
 (4,458)
 (106,120)
 (200,447)
 (274,940)
 (2,857,828)
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
123
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
37.  sEGMENT REPORTING (CONTINUED)
Information provided to the Board of Directors, CEO and CFO in respect of assets and liabilities is presented on a group basis 
consistent with the consolidated financial statements. 
•	 Certain numbers shown here do not correspond to the 2012 financial statements and reflect adjustments due to discontinued 
operations as detailed in Note 5.
A	summary	of	significant	items	by	operating	segments	is	provided	for	the	period	ended	30	June	2013	and	24	June	2012.	
iMPAiRMenT oF
 MASTHeAdS,
GoodWill,
liCenCeS And
CuSToMeR
RelATionSHiPS
$’000
iMPAiRMenT oF
inVeSTMenTS,
inVenToRieS
And PRoPeRTy,
PlAnT And
equiPMenT
$’000
ReSTRuCTuRinG
And
RedundAnCy
CHARGeS
$’000
GAin on 
SAle oF uS 
AGRiCulTuRAl
MediA 
BuSineSS
$’000
 406,055 
 5,000 
 – 
 7,600 
 – 
 418,655 
 – 
 36,832 
 – 
 – 
 357 
 37,189 
 2,844 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1,614 
 4,458 
 (19,830)
 (19,830)
IMPAIRMENT OF
 MASTHEADS,
GOODWILL,
CUSTOMER
RELATIONSHIPS
AND	SOFTWARE
$’000
IMPAIRMENT OF
PROPERTY,
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
AND 
INVESTMENTS
$’000
RESTRUCTURING
AND
REDUNDANCY
CHARGES
$’000
 1,186,746 
 912,823 
 608,351 
 50,000 
 141 
 2,758,061 
	–	
 92,926 
 10,266 
 721 
 2,207 
 106,120 
 10,625 
 102,269 
 70 
 720 
 86,763 
 200,447 
ToTAl
$’000
 408,899 
 41,832 
 – 
 7,600 
 (17,859)
 440,472 
TOTAL
$’000
 1,197,371 
 1,108,018 
 618,687 
 51,441 
 89,111 
 3,064,628 
30 June 2013
Fairfax Regional Media
Metropolitan Media
New Zealand Media
Broadcasting
Other
Consolidated entity
24 June 2012
Fairfax Regional Media
Metropolitan Media
New Zealand Media
Broadcasting
Other
Consolidated entity
In the prior year, $225.4 million of goodwill impairment and $159.7 million of other impairment and restructuring charges were 
recorded in the Printing Operations segment. This has been restated by reallocating $225.4m to Fairfax Regional Media and 
$159.7m to Metropolitan Media.
(iii) SeGMenT ASSeTS
The total of non-current assets other than financial instruments, deferred tax assets and employment benefit assets (there are 
no rights arising under insurance contracts) located in Australia is $1,773.0 million (2012: $2,217.8 million) and the total of these 
non-current assets located in New Zealand is $227.4 million (2012: $866.5 million). Segment assets are allocated to countries 
based on where the assets are located.
124
NOTEs TO THE FINANCIAL sTATEMENTs 
FAIRFAx	MEDIA	LIMITED	AND	CONTROLLED	ENTITIES	FOR	THE	PERIOD	ENDED	30	JUNE	2013
38.  PARENT ENTITY INFORMATION
The following disclosures relate to Fairfax Media Limited as an individual entity, being the ultimate parent entity of the 
Fairfax Media group.
Financial position of parent entity
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total equity of parent entity
Contributed equity
General reserve
Acquisition reserve
Share-based payment reserve
Retained losses
Total equity
Result of parent entity
Loss for the period
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for the period
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 1,419,568 
 1,829,633 
 12,912 
 13,438 
 1,647,871 
 2,061,419 
 18,323 
 18,742 
 4,646,248 
 4,646,248 
 (722)
 (10,672)
 8,799 
 (722)
 (10,672)
 7,612 
 (2,827,458)
 (2,599,789)
 1,816,195 
 2,042,677 
 (180,630)
 (2,303,255)
 – 
	–	
 (180,630)
 (2,303,255)
Fairfax Media Limited has entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee with the effect that the Company guarantees debts in respect 
of its subsidiaries within the Closed Group. Further details regarding the deed are set out in Note 28. 
OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS – PARENT ENTITY AS LESSEE
Fairfax Media Limited has entered into commercial leases on office premises.
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases as at the period end are as follows:
Within	one	year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years
Total operating lease commitments
39.  EVENTs sUBsEqUENT TO REPORTING DATE
 30 June 2013
$’000
	24	JUNE	2012
$’000
 109 
 – 
 – 
 109 
 161 
 82 
	–	
 243
The	Group	undertook	a	tender	offer	to	repurchase	some	of	its	outstanding	Senior	Notes	in	July	2013.	Acceptances	under	the	
tender totalled US$224 million of the outstanding total of US$430 million. The repurchased notes comprised US$25 million of 
floating rate notes and US$199 million of fixed rate notes. Approximately A$270 million of funds were used to repurchase the 
Senior Notes through the exercise of US$224 million of existing cross currency swaps. The early redemption of the Senior Notes 
will result in a $4.6 million gain net of tax recorded in the income statement in the 2014 financial year.
In	July	2013,	the	Group	entered	into	a	new	loan	facility	for	NZ$40	million.	The	loan	facility	is	available	to	the	Group	
until	July	2015.
On	13	August,	the	Group	entered	into	an	agreement	to	sell	InvestSMART	to	Australasian	Wealth	Investments	Limited	(AWI)	for	
cash	consideration	of	$7	million.	The	completion	of	the	transaction	is	dependent	on	a	capital	raising	process	by	AWI.
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
125
DIRECTORs’ DECLARATION
In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of Fairfax Media Limited, we state that:
1.  
In the opinion of the Directors:
(a) 
 the financial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001, including:
(i)	
	giving	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	consolidated	entity’s	financial	position	as	at	30	June	2013	and	of	its	performance	for	
the year ended on that date; and
(ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001;
(b) 
the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1;
(c) 
(d) 
 there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due 
and payable; and
 as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Closed Group 
identified in Note 28 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject, by 
virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.
2.  This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors from the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the 
financial	year	ended	30	June	2013.
On behalf of the Board
Roger Corbett, Ao 
Chairman 
Greg Hywood 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
22 August 2013
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
126
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’s REPORT
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’s REPORT
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED 2013 
127
128
sHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
FAIRFAX MEDIA LIMITED
TWENTY LARGEST HOLDERS OF SECURITIES AT 18 SEPTEMBER 2013
oRdinARy SHAReS (FxJ)
National Nominees Limited
Timeview Enterprises Pty Ltd
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
JP	Morgan	Nominees	Australia	Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above